Topics   All   Mac OS X (Only)   Windows (Only)   Linux (Only, Not)   iOS (Only, Not)  
Components   Crossplatform Mac & Win   Server (Not)   Client   Old   Guides   Examples
New in version: 6.0   6.1   6.2   6.3   6.4   6.5   7.0   7.1   7.2   7.3    Statistic  

Functions supported on Mac OS X

The functions listed below work when being used with Mac OS X, either client or server.

Name	Description	Version
AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats	Returns a list representing available metadata formats.	5.2
AVAsset.Duration	Returns the duration of a asset in seconds.	5.2
AVAsset.Framerate	Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate.	5.2
AVAsset.HasProtectedContent	Queries whether the asset has protected content.	5.2
AVAsset.Image	Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time.	5.2
AVAsset.ImageActualTime	Queries actual time for image.	6.5
AVAsset.IsComposable	Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions.	5.2
AVAsset.IsExportable	Indicates whether the asset can be exported.	5.2
AVAsset.IsPlayable	Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played.	5.2
AVAsset.IsReadable	Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted	5.2
AVAsset.Loaded	Queries load status of asset.	5.2
AVAsset.Lyrics	Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale.	5.2
AVAsset.Metadata	Queries metadata.	5.2
AVAsset.MetadataKeys	Queries metadata keys.	5.2
AVAsset.NaturalHeight	Queries the natural height of the video.	5.2
AVAsset.NaturalWidth	Queries the natural width of the video.	5.2
AVAsset.OpenContainer	Opens a movie from a container.	5.2
AVAsset.OpenFile	Opens an asset from a file.	5.2
AVAsset.OpenURL	Opens a movie from URL.	5.2
AVAsset.PreferredRate	Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played.	5.2
AVAsset.PreferredVolume	Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played.	5.2
AVAsset.Release	Releases the object and all memory used for it.	5.2
AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision	Requests to use high precision for timing of images.	6.5
AVAsset.TimeCodes	Reads time codes from asset.	5.4
AVAsset.TrackCount	Queries the track count.	5.2
AVAsset.URL	Queries the URL used to open this asset.	5.2
AVExport.AllExportPresets	Queries list of all supported presets.	6.1
AVExport.CancelExport	Cancels the execution of an export session.	6.1
AVExport.Duration	Queries duration of the asset.	6.1
AVExport.Error	Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed.	6.1
AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength	Queries the estimated byte size of exported file.	6.1
AVExport.ExportAsynchronously	Starts export.	6.1
AVExport.ExportSession	Creates a new export session.	6.1
AVExport.ExportSessionMerge	Creates a new export session.	6.2
AVExport.GetOutputFileType	Queries the output file type.	6.1
AVExport.GetOutputPath	Queries the current output path.	6.1
AVExport.GetOutputURL	Queries the current output URL.	6.1
AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse	Queries whether video should be network optimized.	6.1
AVExport.GetTimeRange	Queries time range to export.	6.1
AVExport.OutputFileExtension	Queries preferred file extension for current export.	6.1
AVExport.PresetName	Returns the name of the preset used.	6.1
AVExport.Progress	Queries current progress.	6.1
AVExport.Release	Frees the session.	6.1
AVExport.SetOutputFileType	Sets the output file type.	6.1
AVExport.SetOutputPath	Sets the output file path.	6.1
AVExport.SetOutputURL	Sets the output file URL.	6.1
AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse	Whether to optimize video for network use.	6.1
AVExport.SetTimeRange	Specifies a time range to be exported from the source.	6.1
AVExport.Status	Queries status of export.	6.1
AVExport.SupportedFileTypes	Queries supported file type for this export session.	6.1
AVPlayer.FindPlayers	Finds all players in current window.	7.3
AVPlayer.GetAsset	Queries the current asset.	7.3
AVPlayer.GetDuration	Queries the length of the video in seconds.	7.1
AVPlayer.GetMuted	Queries mute state.	7.1
AVPlayer.GetRate	Queries playback rate.	7.1
AVPlayer.GetTime	Queries current time in seconds.	7.1
AVPlayer.GetVolume	Queries current volume.	7.1
AVPlayer.OpenContainer	Opens the audio file from a container.	7.1
AVPlayer.OpenFile	Opens an audio file.	7.1
AVPlayer.OpenURL	Opens the movie with the given URL.	7.1
AVPlayer.Pause	Pauses playback.	7.1
AVPlayer.Play	Plays sound.	7.1
AVPlayer.Release	Releases the audio player.	7.1
AVPlayer.ReleaseAll	Releases all movies in memory.	7.1
AVPlayer.SetMuted	Sets mute status.	7.1
AVPlayer.SetRate	Sets the playback rate.	7.1
AVPlayer.SetTime	Sets the current time.	7.1
AVPlayer.SetVolume	Sets the volume.	7.1
AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow	Adds a preview area to the window.	6.1
AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount	Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin.	6.1
AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo	Queries details about audio device.	6.1
AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto	Captures a still image.	6.2
AVRecorder.ClosePreview	Closes the preview view.	6.1
AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice	Queries name of audio device in use.	6.1
AVRecorder.GetFilePath	Queries the current file path.	6.1
AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice	Queries name of video device in use.	6.1
AVRecorder.Init	Starts a new recording session.	6.1
AVRecorder.IsRecording	Queries whether we are recording.	6.1
AVRecorder.Release	Releases a recording session.	6.1
AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice	Sets the audio device to use.	6.1
AVRecorder.SetFilePath	Sets the file path for recording.	6.1
AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice	Sets the video device to use.	6.1
AVRecorder.StartPreview	Starts the preview.	6.1
AVRecorder.StartRecording	Starts recording.	6.1
AVRecorder.StopRecording	Stops recording.	6.1
AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount	Queries number of video devices found by the plugin.	6.1
AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo	Queries details about video device.	6.1
Addressbook.Account.Name	Queries name of account.	6.2
Addressbook.Account.Type	Queries type identifier for account.	6.2
Addressbook.Account.URL	Queries base URL for account.	6.2
Addressbook.Account.isMainAccount	Queries whether this is main account.	6.2
Addressbook.LocalizedPropertyOrLabel	Queries a localized name for a label or property.	3.5
Addressbook.NewGroup	Creates a new group.	3.1
Addressbook.NewPerson	Creates a new person.	3.1
Addressbook.Notification.Clear	Clears the registered notification script.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.Evaluate	Installs a notification evaluate.	6.2
Addressbook.Notification.GetChangedExternally	Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetDeletedRecords	Queries list of deleted records.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetInsertedRecords	Queries list of inserted records.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessID	Queries the process ID.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessName	Queries the process name.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords	Queries list of updated records.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.GetUserUID	Queries the user ID.	3.5
Addressbook.Notification.Set	Installs a notification script.	3.5
Addressbook.Record.Account	Queries account identifier for record.	6.2
Addressbook.addRecord	Adds an person or group record to the Address Book database.	3.1
Addressbook.allAccounts	Queries list of account identifies for all accounts.	6.2
Addressbook.defaultAccount	Queries default account identifier.	6.2
Addressbook.enabledAccounts	Queries list of account identifies for enabled accounts.	6.2
Addressbook.formattedAddress	Returns an attributed string containing the formatted address.	3.1
Addressbook.group.addMember	Adds a person to a group.	3.1
Addressbook.group.addSubgroup	Adds a subgroup to another group.	3.1
Addressbook.group.members	Returns an array of persons in a group.	3.1
Addressbook.group.parentGroups	Returns an array containing a group's parents—that is, the groups that a group belongs to.	3.1
Addressbook.group.removeMember	Removes a person from a group.	3.1
Addressbook.group.removeSubgroup	Removes a subgroup from a group.	3.1
Addressbook.group.subgroups	Returns an array containing a group's subgroups.	3.1
Addressbook.groups	Returns an array of all the groups in the Address Book database.	3.1
Addressbook.hasUnsavedChanges	Indicates whether an address book has changes that have not been saved to the Address Book database.	3.1
Addressbook.me	Returns the person record that represents the logged-in user.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.New	Creates a new multivalue object.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.addAddress	Adds an address and its label to a multivalue list.	5.1
Addressbook.multivalue.addValue	Adds a value and its label to a multivalue list.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.count	Returns the number of entries in a multivalue list.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.identifierAtIndex	Returns the identifier for the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.identifiers	Returns the list of all identifiers.	6.1
Addressbook.multivalue.indexForIdentifier	Returns the index for the given identifier.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.insertValue	Inserts a value and its label at the given index in a multivalue list.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.labelAtIndex	Returns the label for the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.labelForIdentifier	Returns the label for the given identifier.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.labels	Returns the list of all labels.	6.1
Addressbook.multivalue.primaryIdentifier	Returns the identifier for the primary value.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.removeValueAndLabelAtIndex	Removes the value and label at the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.replaceLabelAtIndex	Replaces the label at the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.replaceValueAtIndex	Replaces the value at the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.setPrimaryIdentifier	Sets the primary value to be the value for the given identifier.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.valueAtIndex	Returns the value for the given index.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.valueForIdentifier	Returns the value for the given identifier.	3.1
Addressbook.multivalue.valueForLabel	Returns value for label.	6.1
Addressbook.multivalue.values	Returns the list of all values.	6.1
Addressbook.people	Returns an array of all the people in the Address Book database.	3.1
Addressbook.persistentAccounts	Queries list of account identifies for persistent accounts.	6.2
Addressbook.person.EditInAddressbook	Launches Addressbook/Contacts application to edit this person.	3.1
Addressbook.person.ExternalUID	Queries external UID for person.	6.1
Addressbook.person.GetImage	Returns data that contains a picture of this person.	3.1
Addressbook.person.SetBirthdayComponents	Sets the birthday data components.	5.4
Addressbook.person.SetImage	Sets the image for this person to the given image.	3.1
Addressbook.person.ShowInAddressbook	Launches Addressbook/Contacts application to show this person.	3.1
Addressbook.person.linkedPeople	Returns the array of all person records that are linked to the person this record represents.	3.1
Addressbook.person.parentGroups	Returns an array of the address book groups that this person belongs to.	3.1
Addressbook.person.vCardRepresentation	Returns the vCard representation of the person record as a data object in vCard format.	3.1
Addressbook.personFromVCardRepresentation	Creates an Person instance initialized with the given data.	3.1
Addressbook.personFromVCardTextRepresentation	Creates an Person instance initialized with the given text.	3.5
Addressbook.record.SetValueForProperty	Sets the value of a given property for a record.	3.1
Addressbook.record.UniqueID	Returns the unique ID for a record.	3.1
Addressbook.record.displayname	Convenience function to return a display name for a record.	3.1
Addressbook.record.isReadOnly	Returns whether a record is read-only.	3.1
Addressbook.record.removeValueForProperty	Removes the value for a given property.	3.1
Addressbook.record.valueForProperty	Returns the value of a given property for a record.	3.1
Addressbook.recordsMatchingSearchElement	Searches matching records.	5.4
Addressbook.removeRecord	Removes an person or group record from the Address Book database.	3.1
Addressbook.save	Saves all the changes made since the last save.	3.1
Addressbook.searchElementForConjunction	Joins several search elements.	5.4
Addressbook.searchElementForProperty	Creates a new search element.	5.4
Addressbook.searchGroupsWithName	Searches groups matching the group name.	3.3
Addressbook.searchPeopleWithCreationDate	Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates.	3.5
Addressbook.searchPeopleWithEmail	Searches all people with given email address.	3.1
Addressbook.searchPeopleWithModificationDate	Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates.	3.5
Addressbook.searchPeopleWithName	Searches people matching the first and/or last name.	3.1
Addressbook.searchPersonWithExternalUID	Searches addressbook for given external ID.	6.1
Addressbook.setMe	Sets the record that represents the logged-in user.	3.1
App.CancelUserAttentionRequest	Cancels a previous user attention request.	6.1
App.GetDockBadgeLabel	Returns the tile's current badge label.	2.6
App.GetDockIcon	Queries the dock icon.	3.2
App.GetProcessName	Queries the name of the application.	3.2
App.GetProcessPath	Queries the path of the application.	3.5
App.MemoryUsed	Queries amount of memory used.	6.5
App.RequestUserAttention	Starts a user attention request.	6.1
App.SetDockBadgeLabel	Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area.	2.6
App.SetDockIcon	Sets the image for the dock icon for this application.	3.2
App.SetProcessName	Sets the name of the current application.	3.2
AppleScript.Close	Removes a Script from memory.	1.0
AppleScript.Compile	Compiles the script and returns the Script ID.	1.0
AppleScript.Execute	Executes an AppleScript that was previously compiled using the AppleScript.Compile function.	1.0
AppleScript.GetPropertyName	Queries name of property with given index.	4.2
AppleScript.GetPropertyValue	Queries property value text.	4.2
AppleScript.LastError	Returns the last error code.	1.0
AppleScript.LastErrorMessage	Returns the last error message.	1.0
AppleScript.PropertyCount	Queries the number of properties in the script.	4.2
AppleScript.Run	The function compiles the AppleScript text and runs it.	1.0
AppleScript.SetPropertyValue	Sets property value with new text.	4.2
Audit.Changed	Log record change.	2.8
Audit.Changed2	Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check.	3.1
Audit.ClearCaches	Clears internal caches for audit functions.	3.1
Audit.Delete	Log record deletion.	2.8
Audit.Delete2	Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check.	3.1
Audit.GetEnabled	Queries enable status.	7.1
Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations	Queries whether stored calculations are audited.	4.4
Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields	Queries whether summary fields are audited.	5.4
Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames	Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting.	5.3
Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames	Queries list of ignored field names.	7.3
Audit.GetLogAccess	Queries whether plugin logs access.	4.1
Audit.GetUUIDField	Queries UUID field name.	7.3
Audit.SetEnabled	Turns audit globally on or off.	7.1
Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations	Set whether stored calculations are audited.	4.4
Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields	Set whether summary fields are audited.	5.4
Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames	Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character.	5.3
Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames	Sets the ignored field names.	2.8
Audit.SetLogAccess	Sets whether access is logged.	4.1
Audit.SetUUIDField	Sets the UUID field name.	7.3
Backdrop.Close	Closes the backdrop window.	2.1
Backdrop.Install	Installs the backdrop window.	2.1
Barcode.Detect	Detects a barcode.	3.5
Barcode.DrawBarcode	Draws a barcode into a PDF page.	3.5
Barcode.EANChecksum	Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes.	5.0
Barcode.Generate	Generates a barcode.	3.5
Barcode.GetPrimary	Queries primary parameter.	7.1
Barcode.ISBNChecksum	Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes.	5.0
Barcode.SetOptions	Sets options for barcode creation.	4.3
Barcode.SetPrimary	Sets primary parameter.	7.1
Barcode.UPCChecksum	Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes.	3.5
Barcode.WriteFile	Generates a barcode and writes to file.	4.3
BinaryFile.Append	Opens a file to append data.	7.3
BinaryFile.Close	Closes a file.	7.3
BinaryFile.Create	Creates a new file.	7.3
BinaryFile.EOF	Queries whether we are at the end of the current file.	7.3
BinaryFile.Length	Queries length of current file.	7.3
BinaryFile.Open	Opens an existing file for reading.	7.3
BinaryFile.Position	Queries current file position.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadByte	Reads a single byte from the file.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadContainer	Read some data and interpret them as container.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadFloat	Reads a float value.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadHex	Read data and returns as hex text.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadInt	Reads an integer value.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadPDF	Reads data as PDF.	7.3
BinaryFile.ReadText	Reads text from file.	7.3
BinaryFile.Seek	Moves file pointer to new position.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteByte	Writes a single byte value to the file.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteContainer	Writes a container value to the file.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteFloat	Writes a float value.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteHex	Writes hex encoded data.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteInt	Writes an integer value.	7.3
BinaryFile.WriteText	Writes a text file with the given text.	7.3
CGImageSource.Count	Queries number of images in this image source.	3.4
CGImageSource.CreateWithData	Creates an image source that reads from a container.	3.4
CGImageSource.CreateWithPath	Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path.	3.4
CGImageSource.CreateWithURL	Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL.	3.4
CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex	Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source.	3.4
CGImageSource.Keys	Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source.	3.4
CGImageSource.Property	Queries the value of a property.	3.4
CGImageSource.Release	Closes image source and releases memory.	3.4
CGImageSource.Status	Return the status of an image source.	3.4
CGImageSource.SupportedTypes	Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources.	3.4
CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex	Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source.	3.4
CGImageSource.Type	Queries the type of the image source.	3.4
CGPSConverter.Convert	Converts PostScript to PDF.	2.4
CLGeocoder.Cancel	Cancels a pending geocoding request.	4.1
CLGeocoder.Cancelled	Whether the request was cancelled.	4.1
CLGeocoder.Close	Closes a request and frees memory.	4.1
CLGeocoder.Distance	Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations.	6.1
CLGeocoder.Done	Queries whether the request is finished.	4.1
CLGeocoder.Error	Checks if this request got an error.	4.1
CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage	Queries the error message of the geocoder.	4.1
CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString	Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string.	4.1
CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount	Queries the number of placemarks found.	4.1
CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue	Queries a value of the placemarks found.	4.1
CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation	Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location.	4.1
CUPS.CancelJob	Cancel a print job on the default server.	2.5
CUPS.GetDefaultPrinterName	Get the default printer or class for the default server.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobCompletionTime	Queries the completion time of the job.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobCreationTime	Queries the creation time of the job.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobFormat	Queries job's document format.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobID	Queries job number.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobPrinter	Queries job's printer name.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobPriority	Queries job's priority.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobProcessingTime	Queries the processing time of the job.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobSize	Queries job size.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobState	Queries job state.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobTitle	Queries job title.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobUser	Queries which user submitted the job.	2.5
CUPS.GetJobsCount	Selects some jobs and returns the count of jobs found.	2.5
CUPS.GetPrinterCount	Queries number of printers.	2.5
CUPS.GetPrinterDefault	Queries whether this printer is the default printer.	2.5
CUPS.GetPrinterName	Queries the name of this printer.	2.5
CUPS.LastErrorCode	Return the last IPP status code.	2.5
CUPS.LastErrorMessage	Return the last status-message.	2.5
CUPS.PrintData	Print a file to a printer or class on the default server.	2.5
CUPS.PrintDataEncoding	Print a file to a printer or class on the default server.	6.3
CUPS.PrintFile	Print a file to a printer or class on the default server.	2.5
CURL.AddInputFile	Adds input to file data from the container value.	2.7
CURL.AddInputGIF	Adds input to GIF data from the container value.	3.1
CURL.AddInputJPEG	Adds input to JPEG data from the container value.	2.7
CURL.AddInputPDF	Adds input to PDF data from the container value.	4.0
CURL.AddInputPNG	Adds input to PNG data from the container value.	2.7
CURL.AddInputText	Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide.	2.7
CURL.Cancel	Cancels a running transfer in background.	2.5
CURL.Check	Checks for curl events.	5.2
CURL.Cleanup	End a CURL session.	2.5
CURL.CloseDebugFile	Closes the debug output file.	2.6
CURL.CloseHeaderFile	Closes the header output file.	2.6
CURL.CloseInputFile	Closes the input file.	2.6
CURL.CloseOutputFile	Closes the data output file.	2.6
CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile	Creates output file for writing debug messages.	2.6
CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile	Creates output file for writing header text.	2.6
CURL.CreateOutputFile	Creates output file for downloading data.	2.6
CURL.ErrorCode	Returns the last CURL error code.	2.5
CURL.ErrorMessage	Returns the last CURL error message.	2.5
CURL.FormAddKeyContainer	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyFile	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyText	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.6
CURL.FormAddKeyValue	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.5
CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType	Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST.	2.5
CURL.FormFinish	Finishes constructing a form.	2.5
CURL.GetAppConnectTime	Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the SSL/SSH connect/handshake to the remote host was completed.	2.5
CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName	Queries current file name.	7.0
CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath	Queries current file path.	7.0
CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath	Queries destination path.	7.0
CURL.GetBatchFileNames	Queries list of file names downloaded.	7.0
CURL.GetCertInfo	Queries information on the certificate chain.	5.2
CURL.GetConditionUnmet	Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match.	2.5
CURL.GetConnectTime	Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the connect to the remote host (or proxy) was completed.	2.5
CURL.GetContentLengthDownload	Get the content-length of the download.	2.5
CURL.GetContentLengthUpload	Get the specified size of the upload.	2.5
CURL.GetContentType	Get the content-type of the downloaded object.	2.5
CURL.GetCookieList	Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too).	2.5
CURL.GetDebugAsText	Returns the debug output of the transaction as text.	2.5
CURL.GetDebugLength	Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer.	2.5
CURL.GetDebugWithData	Whether to include data in the debug log.	6.2
CURL.GetDebugWithProgress	Queries whether to include progress in debug messages.	6.3
CURL.GetDebugWithTime	Queries whether times are included in debug messages.	6.2
CURL.GetEffectiveURL	Get the last used effective URL.	2.5
CURL.GetFTPEntryPath	Get a string holding the path of the entry path.	2.5
CURL.GetFileTime	Get the remote time of the retrieved document.	2.5
CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate	Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished.	6.1
CURL.GetFinishedFileName	Queries the file name for the finished script to call.	5.2
CURL.GetFinishedScriptName	Queries the script name to call when transfer finished.	5.2
CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail	Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available.	2.5
CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode	Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request.	2.5
CURL.GetHeaderAsText	Returns the headers of the transaction as text.	2.5
CURL.GetHeaderLength	Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer.	2.5
CURL.GetHeaderSize	Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes.	2.5
CURL.GetInputAsText	Returns the input of the transaction as text.	2.8
CURL.GetInputLength	Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer.	2.5
CURL.GetLocalIP	Get a string holding the local (source) IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle.	2.5
CURL.GetLocalPort	Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle.	2.5
CURL.GetNameLookupTime	Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed.	2.5
CURL.GetNumConnects	Query how many new connections libcurl had to create to achieve the previous transfer (only the successful connects are counted).	2.5
CURL.GetOSErrNo	Get the errno variable from a connect failure.	2.5
CURL.GetPreTransferTime	Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin.	2.5
CURL.GetPrimaryIP	Get the string holding the IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle.	2.5
CURL.GetPrimaryPort	Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle.	2.5
CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload	Queries current number of bytes downloaded.	2.5
CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload	Queries current number of bytes uploaded.	2.5
CURL.GetProgressEvaluate	Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress.	6.1
CURL.GetProgressFileName	Queries progress script file name.	5.2
CURL.GetProgressPercent	Queries progress in percent.	5.2
CURL.GetProgressScriptName	Queries script name to be called for progress.	5.2
CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload	Queries total number of bytes to download.	2.5
CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload	Queries total number of bytes to upload.	2.5
CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail	Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available for your proxy authentication.	2.5
CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv	Query RTSP sequence counter received.	5.2
CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ	Query RTSP Client sequence counter.	5.2
CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ	Query RTSP Server sequence counter.	5.2
CURL.GetRTSPSessionID	Query RTSP session ID.	5.2
CURL.GetRedirectCount	Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed.	2.5
CURL.GetRedirectTime	Get the total time, in seconds, it took for all redirection steps include name lookup, connect, pretransfer and transfer before final transaction was started.	2.5
CURL.GetRedirectURL	Get the URL a redirect would take you to if you would enable CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation.	2.5
CURL.GetRequestSize	Get the total size of the issued requests.	2.5
CURL.GetResponseCode	Get the last received HTTP or FTP code.	2.5
CURL.GetResultAsContainer	Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type.	5.2
CURL.GetResultAsData	Returns the result of the transaction as data file.	2.5
CURL.GetResultAsEmail	Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email.	5.3
CURL.GetResultAsGIF	Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image.	3.1
CURL.GetResultAsJPEG	Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image.	2.5
CURL.GetResultAsPDF	Returns the result of the transaction as PDF.	4.0
CURL.GetResultAsPNG	Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image.	2.5
CURL.GetResultAsText	Returns the result of the transaction as text.	2.5
CURL.GetResultLength	Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer.	2.5
CURL.GetSSLEngines	Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported.	2.5
CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult	Get the result of the certification verification that was requested.	2.5
CURL.GetSizeDownload	Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded.	2.5
CURL.GetSizeUpload	Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded.	2.5
CURL.GetSpeedDownload	Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download.	2.5
CURL.GetSpeedUpload	Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload.	2.5
CURL.GetStartTransferTime	Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl.	2.5
CURL.GetTag	Queries the tag value.	5.2
CURL.GetTotalTime	Get the total time in seconds for the previous transfer, including name resolving, TCP connect etc.	2.5
CURL.Host	Queries host value from compiling.	2.5
CURL.IsRunning	Checks whether a transfer is still running.	2.5
CURL.LibSSHVersion	Queries the SSH library version used.	6.2
CURL.List	Lists all IDs of CURL transfers currently.	5.4
CURL.New	Start a new CURL easy session.	2.5
CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers	Queries number of running transfers.	5.2
CURL.OpenInputFile	Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post.	2.6
CURL.OpenSSLVersion	Queries OpenSSL Version.	6.2
CURL.Perform	Perform a file transfer.	2.5
CURL.PerformAsync	Perform a curl transfer asynchronously.	5.2
CURL.PerformInBackground	Perform a file transfer in background.	2.5
CURL.Protocols	Queries list of supported protocols.	2.5
CURL.ReceiveData	Receives raw data on a connection.	7.2
CURL.ReceiveText	Receives raw data on a connection as text.	7.2
CURL.Reset	Resets the CURL session.	5.2
CURL.RunningTransfers	Queries list of running transfers.	5.2
CURL.SSLVersion	Returns SSL Library version.	2.5
CURL.SendData	Sends raw data over a connection.	7.2
CURL.SendText	Sends raw data with text over a connection.	7.2
CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath	Sets the destination path for batch downloads.	7.0
CURL.SetDebugWithData	Whether to include data in the debug log.	6.2
CURL.SetDebugWithProgress	Sets whether to include progress in debug messages.	6.3
CURL.SetDebugWithTime	Sets wether times are included in debug log.	6.2
CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate	Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished.	6.1
CURL.SetFinishedScript	Sets which script to call when a transfer finished.	5.2
CURL.SetInputFile	Sets input to file data from the container value.	2.5
CURL.SetInputGIF	Sets input to GIF data from the container value.	3.1
CURL.SetInputJPEG	Sets input to JPEG data from the container value.	2.5
CURL.SetInputPDF	Sets input to PDF data from the container value.	4.0
CURL.SetInputPNG	Sets input to PNG data from the container value.	2.5
CURL.SetInputText	Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionAddressScope	Sets the IPv6 scope_id.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionAppend	Whether to append file instead of overwriting it.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer	Set whether to set automatically the referrer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionBufferSize	Sets the buffer size.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCAINFO	Sets a path to find certificate file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCAPATH	Sets the certificate directory.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCRLF	Whether to convert newline characters.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCRLFile	Sets the CRL file path.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCertInfo	Whether to collect certificate information.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly	Connect only.	7.2
CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS	Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout	Sets the connection timeout in seconds.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCookie	Sets the cookie for the current http transfer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCookieFile	Sets the cookie file location.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCookieJar	Sets the cookie storage file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCookieList	Sets the cookie string.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCookieSession	Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session".	2.5
CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest	Sets a custom request.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout	Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface	Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4	Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6	Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly	Whether to only query names in file listing.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionEGDSocket	Sets a path name to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount	Sets the FTP account name.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser	Whether to use alternative USER command.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs	Whether to create missing directories.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod	Which command to use for reaching a file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPPort	Sets the ports to use for FTP.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPResponseTimeout	Sets the timeout for FTP responses.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth	Sets which SSL Authentication to use.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC	If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel).	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP	Whether to skip IP address for PASV.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT	Whether to use EPRT command.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV	Whether to use EPSV command.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret	Whether to use PRET command.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFailOnError	Whether to fail on http errors.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode	Disables collecting data for Result functions.	2.6
CURL.SetOptionFileTime	Whether to query file time.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation	Enables or disables following locations.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionForbitReuse	Whether to disallow reusing connections.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect	Sets whether to not reuse old connections.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionGet	Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases	Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth	Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding	Sets how to act on content decoding.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader	Sets the http header list.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel	Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding	Sets how to act on transfer decoding.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion	Sets which HTTP version is used.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionHeader	Whether to include headers in output.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionIPResolve	Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength	Whether to ignore the Content-Length header.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionInFileSize	Sets the file input size.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionInterface	This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert	Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel	Sets the kerberos security level for FTP.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword	Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionLocalPort	This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange	This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions	Sets login options string to use for the transfer.	5.4
CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit	Sets the minimum required speed.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime	Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMailAuth	Sets the mail auth option.	2.9
CURL.SetOptionMailFrom	Sets the mail sender.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients	Sets the recipients list.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects	Sets the persistent connection cache size.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize	Sets the maximum file size for download.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeedLarge	Sets the maximum download speed.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs	Sets the redirection limit.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeedLarge	Sets the maximum sending speed.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile	Sets the full path to the netrc file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNetRC	Sets netrc file preference.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms	Sets the new directory permissions.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms	Sets the new file permissions.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNoBody	Whether to ignore the body of the download.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionNoProxy	Sets which hosts don't use a proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPassword	Sets the password for this transfer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPort	Sets the port number for the connection.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPost	Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPostFieldSize	Sets the length of post field data.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPostFields	Sets the post fields.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPostQuote	Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPostRedir	Sets the redirect policy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPreQuote	Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProtocols	Limit which protocols are used.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxy	Set HTTP proxy to use.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth	Sets which authentication methods are used.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword	The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyPort	The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode	Wether to pass transfer mode to proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyType	Sets the type of the proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername	The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionPut	Sets transfer to be a HTTP Put.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionQuote	Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionRandomFile	Sets random file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionRange	Sets the range.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocols	Limit which protocols are used for redirection.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionReferer	Sets the referrer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom	Sets the resume from offset.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes	Sets the SSL authentication types.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5	Sets MD5 hash for public key.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts	Sets the file path of the known_host file to use.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile	Sets the file path for your private key.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile	Sets the file path for the public key file.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLCert	Sets the file path for the certificate.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType	Sets the format of the certificate.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList	Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLEngine	Sets which crypto engine is used.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLEngineDefault	Sets the actual crypto engine as the default for (asymmetric) crypto operations.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLKey	Sets the file path for the private key.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType	Sets the format of the private key.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache	Controls SSL session-ID caching.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost	Sets whether to verify host.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer	Whether to verify the peer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion	Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec	Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPIService	Sets the name of the service.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive	Enable TCP keep-alive probing.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle	Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval	Set TCP keep-alive interval.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay	Sets the TCP delay option.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize	Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword	Sets the TSL authentication password.	3.5
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType	Sets the TLS authentication type.	3.5
CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername	Sets the TSL authentication user name.	3.5
CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions	Sets a list of telnet options.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition	Sets the time	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTimeOut	Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTimeValue	Sets the time value.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS	Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding	Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding.	5.2
CURL.SetOptionTransferText	Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionURL	Sets the actual URL to deal with.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth	Controls wether authentication is reused.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionUpload	Sets this transfer to be an upload.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionUseSSL	Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionUserAgent	The user agent text string.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionUsername	Sets the user name string for the transfer.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionVerbose	Whether to store log messages.	2.5
CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch	Enable wildcard matching.	5.2
CURL.SetProgressEvaluate	Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress.	6.1
CURL.SetProgressScript	Sets the progress script.	5.2
CURL.SetTag	Sets the tag value.	5.2
CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog	Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated.	2.5
CURL.SetupAWS	Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices.	7.2
CURL.UseSystemCertificates	Read certificate from system and installs them in CURL session,.	7.2
CURL.Version	Queries curl version string.	2.5
Calendar.Alarm.Duplicate	Creates a copy of an alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetAbsoluteTrigger	Queries the absolute trigger timestamp.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetAcknowledged	Queries acknowledged flag.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetAction	Queries the action for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetEmailAddress	Queries the email address for an alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetRelatedTo	Queries the related to setting.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetRelativeTrigger	Queries the relative trigger value.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetSound	Queries the sounds for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.GetURL	Queries the URL of the alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetAbsoluteTrigger	Sets the absolute trigger timestamp.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetAcknowledged	Sets acknowledged flag.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetAction	Sets an action for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetEmailAddress	Sets the email address for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetRelatedTo	Sets the related to setting.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetRelativeTrigger	Sets the relative trigger value.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetSound	Sets the sounds for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.SetURL	Sets the URL of the alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo	Queries the relative trigger date for this alarm.	3.5
Calendar.Attendee.GetAddress	Returns URL address of attendee entry.	3.5
Calendar.Attendee.GetCommonName	Returns the user-entered name of the attendee.	3.5
Calendar.Attendee.GetStatus	Returns status of attendee.	3.5
Calendar.Calendar.Duplicate	Creates a copy of an existing calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.GetColor	Queries the color of the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.GetNotes	Queries the notes of the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.GetTitle	Queries the title of the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.GetType	Queries the type of the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.GetUID	Queries the UID of a calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.IsEditable	Whether calendar is editable.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.SetColor	Sets the color for a calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.SetNotes	Sets the notes for the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendar.SetTitle	Set title of the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.Calendars	Returns the list of calendars known to the system.	3.4
Calendar.Events	Queries events.	3.4
Calendar.Item.AddAlarm	Adds an alarm to a calendar item.	3.5
Calendar.Item.Duplicate	Creates a copy of an existing item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAlarms	Queries the list of alarms for this item.	3.5
Calendar.Item.GetAllDay	Queries whether event is all day.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCommonName	Queries name of attendees.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCount	Queries number of attendees.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeStatus	Queries status of attendees.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeURL	Queries URL of attendees.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetAttendees	Queries the list of attendees for this event.	3.5
Calendar.Item.GetCalendar	Queries the calendar id for this calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetCompleted	Queries the completed flag for a reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetCompletionDate	Queries the completion date.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetDateStamp	Queries date stamp for this event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetDueDate	Queries due date of this reminder/task.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetEndDate	Queries the end date of an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetLocation	Queries the location for the event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetNotes	Queries the notes of the calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetPriority	Queries the priority of a task/reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetStartDate	Queries the start date of an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetTitle	Queries the title of the event or reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetUID	Queries the unique identifier for a new calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.GetURL	Queries the URL of a calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.HasAlarm	Whether this calendar item has an alarm.	3.4
Calendar.Item.IsDetached	Whether event is detached.	3.4
Calendar.Item.NextAlarmDate	Queries date of next alarm.	3.4
Calendar.Item.Occurrence	Returns the occurrence date of an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.RemoveAlarm	Removes an alarm from an item.	3.5
Calendar.Item.SetAllDay	Sets the all day flag for an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetCalendar	Assigns a calendar to the calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetCompleted	Sets the completed flag for a reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetCompletionDate	Sets a new completion date for a reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetDueDate	Sets due date of a reminder/task.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetEndDate	Sets the end date of an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetLocation	Sets a location for an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetNotes	Sets the notes for this item.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetPriority	Sets the priority of a task/reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetStartDate	Sets the start date of an event.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetTitle	Sets the title of the event or reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Item.SetURL	Assigns a new URL for a calendar item.	3.4
Calendar.NewAlarm	Creates a new alarm.	3.5
Calendar.NewCalendar	Creates a new calendar.	3.4
Calendar.NewEvent	Creates a new event.	3.4
Calendar.NewReminder	Creates a new reminder.	3.4
Calendar.Notification.Clear	Clears the registered notification script.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.Evaluate	Installs a notification evaluation.	6.2
Calendar.Notification.GetChangedExternally	Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetDeletedRecords	Queries list of deleted records.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetInsertedRecords	Queries list of inserted records.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetProcessID	Queries the process ID.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetProcessName	Queries the process name.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords	Queries list of updated records.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetUserUID	Queries the user ID.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.GetWhat	Queries what changed in the database.	3.5
Calendar.Notification.Set	Installs a notification script.	3.5
Calendar.RemoveCalendar	Deletes the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.RemoveEvent	Deletes the event.	3.4
Calendar.RemoveReminder	Deletes the reminder.	3.4
Calendar.SaveCalendar	Saves the calendar.	3.4
Calendar.SaveEvent	Saves the event.	3.4
Calendar.SaveReminder	Saves the reminder.	3.4
Calendar.SelectEvent	Selects an event with occurrance for editing.	3.4
Calendar.Tasks	Queries all tasks.	3.4
Calendar.TasksCompletedSince	Queries tasks completed since a given date.	3.4
Calendar.UncompletedTasks	Queries all uncompleted tasks.	3.4
Calendar.UncompletedTasksDueBefore	Queries tasks completed before a given date.	3.4
ClearRegistration	Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration.	3.0
Clipboard.GetData	Queries data from clipboard item.	4.4
Clipboard.GetFileMakerData	Queries the xml text of a FileMaker layout/script object.	4.0
Clipboard.GetFiles	Queries file paths on the clipboard.	5.1
Clipboard.GetHTMLText	Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML.	6.0
Clipboard.GetPicture	Queries a picture from clipboard.	6.3
Clipboard.GetRTFText	Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF.	5.0
Clipboard.GetStyledText	Queries styled text from clipboard.	5.0
Clipboard.GetText	Queries clipboard content as text.	2.6
Clipboard.GetTypes	Queries the list of data types on the clipboard.	4.0
Clipboard.SetFileMakerData	Puts the xml text on the clipboard for a FileMaker layout/script object.	4.0
Clipboard.SetFiles	Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard.	5.1
Clipboard.SetHTMLText	Puts HTML data on the clipboard.	6.0
Clipboard.SetPicture	Sets clipboard picture.	6.3
Clipboard.SetRTFText	Puts RTF data on the clipboard.	5.0
Clipboard.SetStyledText	Put styled text on the clipboard.	5.0
Clipboard.SetText	Sets the text on the clipboard.	2.6
CompileDate	Returns the date the plug-in was compiled.	1.0
CompileTime	The time of day that the plug-in was compiled.	1.0
Container.Compress	Compresses a container value.	5.3
Container.DecodeFromBase64	Decodes data from base64 text into a container value.	4.4
Container.DecodeFromHex	Decodes data from hex text into a container value.	6.5
Container.Decompress	Decompresses a container value.	5.3
Container.Deserialize	Restores a serialized container value.	5.2
Container.Export	Writes selected data content from a container to a file path.	1.6
Container.ExtractStream	Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value.	4.3
Container.GetBase64	Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container.	1.4
Container.GetCount	Counts the number of types in a container field.	1.4
Container.GetDataURL	Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field.	1.4
Container.GetHeight	Returns the Height of the image that was placed in the container field.	1.3
Container.GetHex	Returns the hex encoded value of the container.	6.5
Container.GetJPEGHeight	Returns the Height of JPEG image stored in a container field.	1.3
Container.GetJPEGHeightResolution	Returns the Vertical Resolution of the JPEG image stored in a container field in pixels per inch.	1.3
Container.GetJPEGWidth	Returns the Width of JPEG image stored in a container field.	1.3
Container.GetJPEGWidthResolution	Returns the Horizontal Resolution of the preview image stored in a container field in pixels per inch.	1.3
Container.GetName	Queries the path list from a container.	3.0
Container.GetResolution	Queries the DPI settings stored in a container.	4.2
Container.GetSize	Returns the size of the container.	1.4
Container.GetText	Returns the text value of the container data.	7.2
Container.GetTotalSize	Returns the size of the whole container.	1.3
Container.GetType	Returns the type at the given index (zero based).	1.4
Container.GetTypeSize	Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field.	1.3
Container.GetTypes	Returns the list of objects in the container field.	1.3
Container.GetWidth	Returns the Width of the image that was placed into the container.	1.3
Container.ReadArchive	Reads an archived container.	4.4
Container.ReadFile	Reads a file with the given path.	6.4
Container.Remove	Removes a stream from container value.	3.3
Container.Rename	Renames the file path in a container value.	3.0
Container.RenameStream	Renames a stream in a container.	4.3
Container.Serialize	Serialized a container as a text.	5.2
Container.WriteArchive	Writes an archive with container value.	4.4
Container.WriteFile	Writes a file with the given container.	6.4
CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler	Clears the script called for errors.	2.7
CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler	Clears the script called for new location.	2.7
CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate	Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error.	6.2
CoreLocation.SetFailHandler	Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error.	2.7
CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate	Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected.	6.2
CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler	Sets the script called when a new location has been detected.	2.7
CoreLocation.altitude	The altitude measured in meters.	2.7
CoreLocation.course	Returns the direction in which the device is traveling.	2.7
CoreLocation.description	Returns the location data in a formatted text string.	2.7
CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy	The desired accuracy of the location data.	2.7
CoreLocation.distanceFilter	The minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated.	2.7
CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation	Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location.	2.7
CoreLocation.headingAvailable	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the location manager is able to generate heading-related events.	2.7
CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy	The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters.	2.7
CoreLocation.latitude	Returns the geographical coordinate information.	2.7
CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device.	2.7
CoreLocation.longitude	Returns the geographical coordinate information.	2.7
CoreLocation.purpose	An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services.	2.7
CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy	Sets the desired accuracy of the location data.	2.7
CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter	Sets the minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated.	2.7
CoreLocation.setPurpose	Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services.	2.7
CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available.	2.7
CoreLocation.speed	The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second.	2.7
CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges	Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes.	2.7
CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation	Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location.	2.7
CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges	Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes.	2.7
CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation	Stops the generation of location updates.	2.7
CoreLocation.timestamp	Returns the time at which this location was determined.	2.7
CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy	Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters.	2.7
DNSLookup.Address	Queries the address.	6.0
DNSLookup.AddressCount	Queries number of addresses.	6.0
DNSLookup.Alias	Queries the alias.	6.0
DNSLookup.AliasCount	Queries number of aliases.	6.0
DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress	Queries the domain name for an IP.	6.0
DNSLookup.LookupHostByName	Queries the IP for domain.	6.0
DNSLookup.Name	Queries the name found.	6.0
DNSLookup.Release	Releases a DNS Lookup reference.	6.0
Dialog.AddField	Adds a field for the dialog.	6.4
Dialog.ClearFields	Clears all fields.	6.4
Dialog.CloseSheet	Closes a sheet if there is one running.	4.2
Dialog.GetAlternateButton	Queries the title for the alternate button.	4.1
Dialog.GetButton	Queries button text.	7.1
Dialog.GetButtonPressed	Queries index of selected button.	7.2
Dialog.GetButtons	Queries which buttons are shown.	4.1
Dialog.GetDefaultButton	Queries the title for the default button.	4.1
Dialog.GetFieldText	Queries field text.	6.4
Dialog.GetIcon	Returns the icon displayed in the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.GetInformativeText	Returns the receiver's informative text.	4.1
Dialog.GetLastResult	Provides the last result from the dialog.	4.2
Dialog.GetLeft	Queries left position.	7.3
Dialog.GetMessage	Queries the message text for the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.GetMode	Queries the dialog style.	4.1
Dialog.GetOtherButton	Queries the title for the other button.	4.1
Dialog.GetSheetEvaluate	Queries notification evaluation expression.	6.2
Dialog.GetSheetFileName	Queries notification script's file name.	4.2
Dialog.GetSheetRunning	Queries if there is a sheet visible currently.	4.2
Dialog.GetSheetScriptName	Queries notification script name.	4.2
Dialog.GetShowsSuppressionButton	Indicates whether the receiver shows a suppression button.	4.1
Dialog.GetSuppressionButtonTitle	Queries the text for the suppression checkbox.	4.1
Dialog.GetSuppressionState	Queries the suppression state after you showed the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.GetTimeout	Queries the timeout for dialogs in seconds.	5.2
Dialog.GetTop	Queries top position.	7.3
Dialog.GetWindowTitle	Queries the window title for the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.Reset	Resets all dialog options.	4.1
Dialog.Run	Runs the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.RunSheet	Runs dialog as sheet.	4.2
Dialog.SetAlternateButton	Sets the title for the alternate button.	4.1
Dialog.SetButton	Sets button text.	7.1
Dialog.SetButtons	Sets which buttons to show.	4.1
Dialog.SetDefaultButton	Sets the title for the default button.	4.1
Dialog.SetFieldText	Sets the text for a field.	6.4
Dialog.SetIcon	Sets the icon to be displayed in the alert to a given icon.	4.1
Dialog.SetInformativeText	Sets the receiver's informative text to a given text.	4.1
Dialog.SetLeft	Sets the left position of the dialog.	7.3
Dialog.SetMessage	Sets the message text for the dialog.	4.1
Dialog.SetMode	Sets the dialog style.	4.1
Dialog.SetOtherButton	Sets the title for the other button.	4.1
Dialog.SetSheetEvaluate	Defines expression for the notification evaluation.	6.2
Dialog.SetSheetFileName	Defines file name for the notification script.	4.2
Dialog.SetSheetScriptName	Defines script name for the notification script.	4.2
Dialog.SetShowsSuppressionButton	Specifies whether the receiver includes a suppression checkbox.	4.1
Dialog.SetSuppressionButtonTitle	Sets the text for the suppression checkbox.	4.1
Dialog.SetTimeout	Sets a timeout for the dialog in seconds.	5.2
Dialog.SetTop	Sets the top position of the dialog.	7.3
Dialog.SetWindowTitle	Sets the window title for the dialog.	4.1
DialogModifications.Clear	Clears the internal replacements list.	4.3
DialogModifications.Install	Installs feature which can rename dialog elements in FileMaker.	4.3
DialogModifications.Set	Adds an entry to the replacements list.	4.3
DialogModifications.Uninstall	Uninstalls the feature.	4.3
Dictionary.AddSQL	Adds values to a dictionary via SQL.	5.1
Dictionary.Clear	Clears the dictionary content.	5.0
Dictionary.Clone	Creates a clone of the dictionary.	6.1
Dictionary.Count	Returns number of keys in the dictionary.	5.0
Dictionary.Create	Creates a new dictionary.	5.0
Dictionary.Deserialize	Restores a serialized dictionary.	5.2
Dictionary.HasKey	Checks if the given key exists in dictionary.	5.0
Dictionary.KeyAtIndex	Returns key with given index.	5.0
Dictionary.Keys	Returns list with all keys.	5.0
Dictionary.List	Returns list of all dictionary IDs.	5.2
Dictionary.Release	Releases dictionary and all memory used.	5.0
Dictionary.RemoveKey	Removes value with given key.	5.0
Dictionary.Serialize	Serialized a dictionary as a text.	5.2
Dictionary.SetList	Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list.	6.2
Dictionary.SetQuickList	Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list.	7.1
Dictionary.SetValueForKey	Stores value for given key.	5.0
Dictionary.SetVariables	Creates variables with given keys and value from dictionary.	5.1
Dictionary.ToJSON	Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange.	6.1
Dictionary.ToText	Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange.	6.1
Dictionary.ToXML	Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange.	6.1
Dictionary.ValueForKey	Queries value for the key.	5.0
Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey	Queries data type of the value for the key.	5.1
Dictionary.Values	Returns list with all values as text.	5.1
DragDrop.ClearDragActionHandler	Clears the name for the drag action handler.	2.4
DragDrop.ClearDragEnterHandler	Clears the name for the drag enter handler.	2.4
DragDrop.ClearDragExitHandler	Clears the name for the drag exit handler.	2.4
DragDrop.CreateWithControl	Creates a new drop area on the given window covering the area of the given control.	2.4
DragDrop.CreateWithSize	Creates a new drop area inside the window with the given rectangle.	2.4
DragDrop.CreateWithWindow	Creates a new drop area which covers the whole window.	2.4
DragDrop.GetEmailAccount	Returns account name of the specified email message.	2.7
DragDrop.GetEmailCount	Returns number of emails received from Apple Mail app.	2.7
DragDrop.GetEmailID	Returns subject of the specified email message.	2.7
DragDrop.GetEmailMailbox	Returns mailbox name of the specified email message.	2.7
DragDrop.GetEmailSubject	Returns subject of the specified email message.	2.7
DragDrop.GetHeight	Queries current height of drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.GetLeft	Queries current position of the drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.GetMouseX	Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped.	2.4
DragDrop.GetMouseY	Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped.	2.4
DragDrop.GetPath	Queries the native path of a file drop.	2.4
DragDrop.GetPathCount	Returns the number of file paths.	2.4
DragDrop.GetPicture	Queries picture from drag and drop action.	2.4
DragDrop.GetTag	Queries the tag string for this dropview.	3.3
DragDrop.GetText	Queries text from the drop.	2.6
DragDrop.GetTop	Queries current position of the drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.GetTypes	Queries list of types.	4.3
DragDrop.GetURL	Queries URL from the drop.	2.6
DragDrop.GetVisible	Queries current visibility state.	4.0
DragDrop.GetWidth	Queries current width of the drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.GetWindowRef	Queries the window where this dropview is located.	3.3
DragDrop.List	Queries list of all currently active drop areas.	4.0
DragDrop.RegisterDropTypes	Defines what file types should be accepted for drag and drop for this window.	2.4
DragDrop.Release	Releases the drop area and reclaims memory.	2.4
DragDrop.ReleaseAll	A convenience method to release all drop areas.	2.4
DragDrop.SetCursor	Sets the cursor mode.	2.4
DragDrop.SetDragActionHandler	Sets the drag action handler.	2.4
DragDrop.SetDragEnterHandler	Sets the drag enter handler.	2.4
DragDrop.SetDragExitHandler	Sets the drag exit handler.	2.4
DragDrop.SetFrame	Sets a new frame for the drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.SetImage	Sets the image to be shown in the drop area.	2.4
DragDrop.SetTag	Sets the tag string for this dropview.	3.3
DragDrop.SetVisible	Hides or shows the drop area.	4.0
DragDrop.UnregisterDropTypes	Unregisteres all drag types for the specified drop area.	2.4
DynaPDF.AddActionToObj	Adds an action to a PDF object.	6.4
DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage	Adds an annotation to a page.	7.0
DynaPDF.AddBookmark	Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document.	4.0
DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx	Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document.	4.0
DynaPDF.AddContinueText	Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line.	3.1
DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath	Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths.	4.1
DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent	Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created.	4.4
DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx	Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container.	4.4
DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField	Adds a value to a choice field.	4.2
DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak	Defines how to handle page breaks.	4.2
DynaPDF.AppendImagePage	Adds new page to the PDF with given image.	6.3
DynaPDF.AppendImagePages	Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths.	6.3
DynaPDF.AppendPage	This function appends an empty page to the document.	3.1
DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile	Associates an embedded file with a PDF object.	6.0
DynaPDF.AttachFile	Attaches a file to the document.	6.0
DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer	Attaches a data from container to the document.	6.0
DynaPDF.AttachFileText	Attaches a file to the document.	6.0
DynaPDF.BeginContinueText	This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText.	3.1
DynaPDF.BeginLayer	The function opens a layer in the current open page or template.	5.0
DynaPDF.BeginPattern	This function creates a new tiling pattern.	5.0
DynaPDF.BeginTemplate	The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it.	5.0
DynaPDF.Bezier123	Draws a bezier path.	4.0
DynaPDF.Bezier13	This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point.	4.0
DynaPDF.Bezier23	The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point.	4.0
DynaPDF.CMYK	Calculates color value for CMYK.	4.0
DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName	Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos	Changes the position and size of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark	Changes an existing bookmark.	4.0
DynaPDF.ChangeFont	This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle.	3.1
DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize	This function changes the font size of the current font.	3.1
DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle	This function changes the style of the current font.	3.1
DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx	The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic).	3.1
DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot	Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor	Changes the color of a separation color space.	7.2
DynaPDF.CheckConformance	Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type.	4.4
DynaPDF.CircleAnnot	Draws a circle annotation on the current open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.Clear	Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path.	3.0
DynaPDF.ClipPath	This function marks the current path as clipping path.	3.2
DynaPDF.CloseImportFile	Closes the current import PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.ClosePath	Closes current path.	3.2
DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText	Converts styled text to formatted text.	6.5
DynaPDF.CreateButton	Creates a push button.	6.4
DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox	This function creates a check box.	4.1
DynaPDF.CreateComboBox	Creates a combo box.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateGroupField	Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateJSAction	Creates a JavaScript action.	6.4
DynaPDF.CreateListBox	This function creates a list box.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest	The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files.	4.4
DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton	Creates a radio button field.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateSigField	Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP	Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field.	4.2
DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree	Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files.	4.4
DynaPDF.CreateTextField	This function creates a text field.	4.1
DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm	The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx	This function deletes an action from a PDF object.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation	Deletes an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark	Deletes a bookmark.	4.0
DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile	The function deletes an embedded file.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteField	This function deletes an interactive form field.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx	Deletes a field by name.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts	Deletes all global Javascripts.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeletePage	Deletes a given page in the current working PDF.	3.4
DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels	Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo	Deletes the separation of the current open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate	Deletes a template.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx	Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle.	5.0
DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm	Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any.	5.0
DynaPDF.DrawArc	This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle.	3.1
DynaPDF.DrawArcEx	This function draws an elliptical arc.	3.1
DynaPDF.DrawChord	This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant).	3.1
DynaPDF.DrawCircle	This function draws a circle.	3.1
DynaPDF.DrawPie	The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles.	3.1
DynaPDF.EditPage	This function prepares a page for editing.	3.1
DynaPDF.EditTemplate	Prepares a template for editing.	5.1
DynaPDF.EditTemplate2	Opens a template for editing.	5.1
DynaPDF.Ellipse	Draws an ellipse.	5.0
DynaPDF.EnableEncryption	Enables encryption for next save command.	3.4
DynaPDF.EndLayer	Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer.	5.0
DynaPDF.EndPage	This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage.	3.1
DynaPDF.EndPattern	Closes an open pattern.	5.0
DynaPDF.EndTemplate	This function closes an open template.	7.0
DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks	This function exchanges two bookmarks.	4.0
DynaPDF.ExchangePages	The function exchanges two pages.	4.0
DynaPDF.ExtractImages	Extracts images of a PDF.	3.4
DynaPDF.ExtractPageRectText	Extracts the text of the page in a rectangle.	6.2
DynaPDF.ExtractPageText	Extracts the text of the page.	3.0
DynaPDF.ExtractText	Extracts the text of all pages.	6.0
DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot	Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.FileLink	Creates a file link annotation.	7.2
DynaPDF.FindBookmark	Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree.	4.0
DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile	Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found.	6.3
DynaPDF.FindField	This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name.	4.0
DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot	Searches for a file link or web link annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark	Searches the next bookmark.	4.0
DynaPDF.FindPattern	Searches for a text.	3.4
DynaPDF.FindText	Searches a text and returns position details.	4.1
DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots	Flatten annotations.	4.2
DynaPDF.FlattenForm	Flatten forms.	4.2
DynaPDF.FlushPages	The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file.	3.3
DynaPDF.FontInfo	Retrieves the most important properties of a font.	5.1
DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot	Creates a Free Text annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.GeneratePreview	Adds a preview picture to a PDF container.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount	Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags	Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink	Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetAnnotType	Returns the type of a specific annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetAnnotation	Queries details about an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetAscent	Returns the ascender of the active font.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetBBox	Queries bound box values of current page.	6.4
DynaPDF.GetBookmark	Returns the properties of a bookmark.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount	Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle	Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetCMapCount	Returns the number of available CMap files.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing	Returns the current character spacing.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar	Returns the character used for newly created check boxes.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx	Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState	Returns the default state of a check box.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetColorSpace	The function returns the active color space.	3.3
DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount	Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo	Queries details on a colorspace.	6.4
DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter	The function returns the standard compression filter for images.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel	Returns the active compression level.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetContent	Queries content stream of the currently open page or template.	7.0
DynaPDF.GetDocInfo	The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount	Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection	The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on.	3.2
DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion	Returns the version string of DynaPDF.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile	Retrieves the details of an embedded file.	4.3
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer	Returns an embedded file as a container.	4.3
DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount	Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file.	4.3
DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight	The function measures the height of a formatted text block.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx	The function measures the height of a formatted text block.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetField	Returns the most important properties of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor	The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor	Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle	Returns the border style of a specific form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth	Returns the line width of the border of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue	Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldColor	Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldCount	The function returns the number of fields contained in the document.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount	The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue	Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx	Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags	Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType	Returns the base type of a field group.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode	Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex	Returns the page index or tab order of the field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName	Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldName	Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation	Returns the orientation of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign	The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor	Returns the default text color used for newly created fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip	Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFieldType	Returns the field type.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetFontCount	Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin	Returns the current font origin.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode	Returns the current font selection mode.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetFontWeight	Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style.	4.4
DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags	Returns the current graphics state flags.	5.3
DynaPDF.GetImage	retrieves the properties of an image as well as the decompressed image buffer if needed. By default all images are returned decompressed, with exception of image types which are already stored in a valid file format like JPEG and JPEG 2000 images.	6.4
DynaPDF.GetImageCount	Queries number of images in PDF.	6.4
DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo	The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetImportFlags	The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files.	4.1
DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2	Queries the import flags.	4.3
DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation	Queries orientation for input page.	3.5
DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion	The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds	Queries page size for an import PDF page.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount	Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount	Queries number of document info in import file.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount	Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection	Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted	Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned	Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped	Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm	Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetInMetadata	Queries input PDF metadata.	5.2
DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings	Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file.	5.1
DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode	Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch	Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled	Queries whether tagging is enabled.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality	Queries the JPEG compression quality.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount	Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetLanguage	Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set.	5.2
DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage	The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX	Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY	Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetLeading	The function returns the current leading.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetLineWidth	Queries the line width.	3.3
DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode	Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations.	7.0
DynaPDF.GetMetadata	Queries metadata from PDF.	5.2
DynaPDF.GetOpacity	Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher).	4.2
DynaPDF.GetOrientation	Queries orientation of current page.	3.5
DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent	Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it.	5.2
DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount	Returns the number of available output intents.	5.2
DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion	The function returns the version of the output PDF file.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount	eturns the number of annotations which are used by a page. The page must be opened with EditPage() before the function can be used. The annotations of the page can be accessed with GetAnnotEx().	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation	Queries details about an annotation on current open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageBounds	Queries page size for a PDF page.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetPageCoords	Queries the current coordinate system.	3.3
DynaPDF.GetPageCount	Queries number of pages in the current PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount	Returns the number of fields used by a page.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageHeight	The function returns the height of the currently open page.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetPageLabel	Retrieves the properties of a page label.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount	Returns the number of page labels defined in the document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageLayout	The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetPageMode	The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetPageNum	Returns the page number of the currently open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetPageWidth	The function returns the width of the currently open page.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings	Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document.	5.1
DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile	Queries file path for a ICC replace profile.	6.1
DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter	Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback.	6.1
DynaPDF.GetResolution	Queries the resolution for images.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat	Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetTemplCount	Returns the number of templates used by a page.	5.1
DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight	Returns the height of a template.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth	Returns the width of a template.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode	Queries text draw mode.	6.0
DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue	The function returns the default value of a text field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue	The function returns the value of a text field.	4.0
DynaPDF.GetTextRise	Queries the current text rise used to output text.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetTextScaling	Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetTextWidth	Computes the width of a text string.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor	Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetTrapped	Returns the trapped key of the document.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd	Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles	Queries if global import files are used.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts	Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts	Queries whether system fonts are used.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency	The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background.	3.1
DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords	Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object.	5.0
DynaPDF.GetUserUnit	The function returns the user unit of the current open page.	3.4
DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing	Returns the current word spacing.	4.2
DynaPDF.GetXFAStream	Returns an XFA stream.	6.5
DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount	Returns the number of available XFA streams.	6.5
DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument	Whether we have a working document.	7.1
DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage	Checks whether a page is open.	7.1
DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot	Creates a Highlight annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.HighlightPattern	Searches a text and adds highlights for it.	3.5
DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings	Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file.	7.0
DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile	Imports all pages from a file.	3.0
DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage	Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF.	3.0
DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate	Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages.	3.3
DynaPDF.InitColorManagement	Enables color management for render functions.	5.3
DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx	Initializes color management.	6.0
DynaPDF.Initialize	Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin.	3.0
DynaPDF.InsertBookmark	Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree.	4.0
DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx	Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree.	4.0
DynaPDF.InsertImage	The function inserts an image from a container.	3.1
DynaPDF.InsertImageFile	The function inserts an image from a file.	3.1
DynaPDF.IsColorPage	Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only.	5.0
DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage	Checks whether a page is empty.	5.0
DynaPDF.IsInitialized	Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized.	4.2
DynaPDF.LineAnnot	Creates a line annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.LineTo	The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point.	3.1
DynaPDF.ListImages	Lists images in a PDF.	6.4
DynaPDF.LockLayer	Adds a layer to the list of locked layers.	5.0
DynaPDF.MovePage	The function moves a page to another position in the document.	4.3
DynaPDF.MoveTo	The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY.	3.1
DynaPDF.New	Creates a new DynaPDF instance.	3.5
DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile	The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written.	3.3
DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted	The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written.	6.4
DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer	Opens a PDF for importing from a container.	3.0
DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile	Opens a PDF for importing from a file.	3.0
DynaPDF.Optimize	Optimizes PDF.	6.0
DynaPDF.PageLink	Adds a page link to the current open page.	7.0
DynaPDF.PageLinkEx	Adds a page link to the current open page.	7.0
DynaPDF.PageStatistics	Queries the page statistics.	3.0
DynaPDF.ParseContent	Runs the content parser.	4.0
DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate	The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern.	3.3
DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx	The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern.	3.3
DynaPDF.RGB	Calculates color value for RGB.	4.0
DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat	The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file.	3.1
DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution	The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file.	3.1
DynaPDF.Rectangle	This function draws a rectangle.	3.1
DynaPDF.Release	Releases a PDF reference.	3.5
DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor	Renames a spot color.	7.2
DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile	Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image.	5.0
DynaPDF.RenderPage	Renders a page in current PDF to an image.	3.0
DynaPDF.ReplacePattern	Replaces a text with a new text.	3.4
DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings	Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted.	7.0
DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState	The function restores a previously saved graphics state.	3.1
DynaPDF.RotateCoords	The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY.	3.2
DynaPDF.RotateTemplate	Rotates a template.	7.0
DynaPDF.RoundRect	The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners.	3.1
DynaPDF.RoundRectEx	The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners.	3.1
DynaPDF.Save	Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field.	3.0
DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile	Saves and signs the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field.	3.3
DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState	The function saves the current graphics state.	3.1
DynaPDF.ScaleCoords	The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix.	3.2
DynaPDF.SetAlpha	Sets alpha for drawings.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle	Sets or changes the border style of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth	Sets or changes the border width of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor	Sets or changes the color of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate	Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags	Sets the default flags used for new annotations.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx	Sets or changes the flags of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode	Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon	Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle	Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity	Changes the opacity of a markup annotation.	6.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState	Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotString	Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject	Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetBBox	Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest	Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle	Sets the bookmark style.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle	Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetCMapDir	The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing	Sets the current character spacing.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar	Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState	Changes the default state of a check box.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState	Changes the state of a check box.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetColorSpace	The function activates a device color space in the graphics state.	3.3
DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter	The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel	Sets the current compression level.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetContent	Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one.	7.0
DynaPDF.SetDocInfo	The function sets or changes a document info entry.	3.0
DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection	The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on.	3.2
DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox	Changes the bounding box of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor	The function sets the background color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. Normal annotations support RGB colors only. Form fields support the color spaces DeviceRGB, DeviceGray, and DeviceCMYK. The color value must be defined in the current color space.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor	Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle	Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth	Changes the border width of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldColor	Sets a specific color of an interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldDate	Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue	Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx	Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags	The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldFont	Sets or changes the font of a form field.	5.1
DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx	Sets or replaces the font of a field.	5.1
DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize	The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode	Changes the highlight mode of a specific field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex	Sets the tab order of interactive form fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName	Sets or changes the mapping name of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldName	Changes the name of an interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation	The function sets or changes the orientation of a field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign	The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor	The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip	The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetFillColor	The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision	The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates.	6.5
DynaPDF.SetFont	The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetFontEx	The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. The difference in comparison to DynaPDF.SetFont is the way how the function tries to find the font.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin	Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder	Changes the font search order.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode	Changes the font selection mode.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetFontWeight	Changes the font weight.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags	Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules.	5.3
DynaPDF.SetImportFlags	The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files.	4.1
DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2	Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files.	4.3
DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality	The function sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. Lower values cause higher compression rates, however, worse image quality.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetLanguage	Specifies the language of the document.	4.4
DynaPDF.SetLeading	Sets text leading.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle	Sets a new line join.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetLineWidth	The function sets the line width used to stroke paths.	3.3
DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode	Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations.	7.0
DynaPDF.SetMetadata	The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object.	5.2
DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit	Sets the miter limit.	4.0
DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat	Limits textfield to only accept numbers.	6.4
DynaPDF.SetOpacity	Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetOrientation	Changes the orientation of the page.	3.5
DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx	Changes the orientation of the page.	3.5
DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion	Sets the PDF version.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetPageCoords	Sets the coordinate system origin.	3.3
DynaPDF.SetPageFormat	The function sets a predefined page or paper format.	3.3
DynaPDF.SetPageHeight	Sets page height.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetPageLayout	The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetPageMode	The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetPageWidth	Sets page width.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings	Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file.	5.1
DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile	Sets the replace ICC profile path.	6.1
DynaPDF.SetResolution	Sets the image resolution.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat	Whether to recompress images.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor	The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode	Sets text draw mode.	6.0
DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue	The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field.	4.1
DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx	The function changes or sets the value of a text field.	4.1
DynaPDF.SetTextRect	The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetTextRise	Sets the text rise.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetTextScaling	Sets scaling for text.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor	Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetTrapped	Sets the trapped key of the document.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd	Whether to require exact passwords.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles	Sets whether to use global import file.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts	The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts	The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded.	4.2
DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency	The property specifies whether images should be masked with the current transparent color to make this color transparent, see also DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor(). This technique is known as color key masking.	3.1
DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords	Wether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object.	5.0
DynaPDF.SetUserUnit	The function sets the user unit of the current open page.	3.4
DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing	Sets the word spacing.	4.2
DynaPDF.ShowDifferences	Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations.	5.3
DynaPDF.SkewCoords	The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY.	3.2
DynaPDF.SquareAnnot	Draws a square annotation on the current open page.	5.0
DynaPDF.StampAnnot	Creates a stamp annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.StrokePath	The function strokes the current path without closing it.	3.1
DynaPDF.SysFontInfo	Returns the most important properties of a system font.	5.1
DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn	Adds a column on the left or right side of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.AddRow	Adds a new row to the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.AddRows	Adds new rows to the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn	Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent	Deletes the specified object types from the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow	The function deletes the content in the specified row.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.Create	Creates a new table object.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol	Deletes a column from the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow	Deletes a row from the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows	Deletes all rows from the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.Draw	Draws the table on the specified position.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow	Queres first row drawn.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight	Calculates the height of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow	Calculates the height of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow	Queres next row to be drawn.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols	Queries number of columns in table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows	Queries number of rows in table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF	Returns the reference to the PDF.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight	Returns the full height of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth	Returns the width of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore	Checks whether all rows where drawn.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.Release	Releases the PDF table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth	Sets or changes the border width.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty	Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage	Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx	Inserts an image from container.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation	Sets the cell orientation.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding	Sets or changes the cell padding.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing	Sets or changes the cell spacing.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable	The function inserts a sub table into the specfied cell. A sub table is always a foreground object that has a strong width and height. That means, if the cell is not large enough then it will be expanded.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate	Inserts a template into the specified cell.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText	Inserts the specified text into the cell.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth	The function changes the width of a column.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetColor	Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat	Sets or changes the specified color and color space.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags	The function sets various flags.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetFont	Sets the font that is used to output text.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode	The function sets or changes the font selection mode.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize	Sets or changes the font size.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth	Sets the grid width.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF	Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor	Sets RGB color.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight	Changes the row height.	3.5
DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth	Changes the width of the table.	3.5
DynaPDF.TextAnnot	Creates a text annotation.	5.0
DynaPDF.TranslateCoords	The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY.	3.2
DynaPDF.Triangle	The function draws a triangle.	3.2
DynaPDF.UnLockLayer	Removes a layer from the list of locked layers.	5.0
DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot	Creates a Watermark annotation.	7.0
DynaPDF.WebLink	Inserts a web link onto the current open page.	4.0
DynaPDF.WriteDemoText	Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark.	5.0
DynaPDF.WriteFText	Writes text on current page with formatting commands.	3.1
DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx	Writes text on current page with formatting commands.	3.1
DynaPDF.WriteStyledText	Writes styled text on current page.	6.5
DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx	Writes styled text on current page.	6.5
DynaPDF.WriteText	Writes text on current page.	3.1
ECKey.BuiltInCurves	Queries built in curves.	5.4
ECKey.Description	Returns an user readable description text for the current key.	5.4
ECKey.Duplicate	Creates a copy of the key.	5.4
ECKey.Generate	Generates a new pair of private and public keys.	5.4
ECKey.PrivateKey	Queries the private key.	5.4
ECKey.PublicKey	Queries the public key.	5.4
ECKey.ReadPrivateKey	Reads a private key from text.	5.4
ECKey.ReadPublicKey	Reads a public key from text.	5.4
ECKey.Release	Releases the key.	5.4
ECKey.Sign	Signs the given data.	5.4
ECKey.Size	Queries the size of the key in bytes.	5.4
ECKey.Verify	Verifies the digital signature.	5.4
Email.Verify	Verifies if an email is valid.	3.3
EmailParser.Address	Queries an address value.	5.3
EmailParser.AddressCount	Queries number of addresses.	5.3
EmailParser.Attachment	Queries an attachment property.	5.3
EmailParser.AttachmentCount	Queries number of attachments.	5.3
EmailParser.Free	Frees the email parser.	5.3
EmailParser.HTMLText	Queries html text of email.	5.3
EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText	Converts HTML to plain text.	5.3
EmailParser.Hash	Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed.	5.4
EmailParser.Header	Queries a header entry.	5.3
EmailParser.HeaderCount	Queries number of header entries.	5.3
EmailParser.Inline	Queries an inline graphics property.	5.3
EmailParser.InlineCount	Queries number of inline images.	5.3
EmailParser.List	Lists all email parser reference numbers.	5.3
EmailParser.MessageID	Queries the message ID of the email.	5.3
EmailParser.Parse	Parses an email.	5.3
EmailParser.ParseContainer	Parses an email stored in container.	6.3
EmailParser.ParseFile	Parses an email from a file.	5.3
EmailParser.PlainText	Queries plain text of email.	5.3
EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences	Processes image references in HTML.	6.3
EmailParser.ReceiveDate	Queries the date and time of the email.	6.4
EmailParser.SentDate	Queries the date and time of the email.	5.4
EmailParser.Source	Returns the source of the email as we parsed it.	5.4
EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments	Returns the source of the email without attachments.	5.4
EmailParser.Subject	Queries the subject line of the email.	5.3
EmailParser.WriteAttachment	Writes an attachment to a file path.	5.3
EmailParser.WriteInline	Writes an inline graphics to a file path.	5.3
Encryption.Cipher	Encrypts or decrypts of a value.	4.1
Encryption.DecryptAES	Decrypts data with AES engine in CBC mode.	2.7
Encryption.DecryptBlowfish	Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode.	2.7
Encryption.DecryptContainerAES	Decrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode.	2.9
Encryption.DecryptContainerBlowfish	Decrypts container value with Blowfish engine.	2.9
Encryption.EncryptAES	Encrypts data with with AES engine in CBC mode.	2.7
Encryption.EncryptBlowfish	Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode.	2.7
Encryption.EncryptContainerAES	Encrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode.	2.9
Encryption.EncryptContainerBlowfish	Encrypts container value with Blowfish engine.	2.9
EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue	Clears a variable by removing it from the environment.	5.1
EnvironmentVariables.Count	Queries number of environment variables.	5.1
EnvironmentVariables.Name	Queries name of environment variable with given index.	5.1
EnvironmentVariables.Names	Queries list of environment variable names.	5.1
EnvironmentVariables.SetValue	Sets an environment variable.	5.1
EnvironmentVariables.Value	Queries value of an environment variable.	5.1
EventMonitor.Clear	Clears last event captured.	5.2
EventMonitor.ClearCardWindow	Clears trigger for card window.	7.3
EventMonitor.GetEnabled	Queries whether event monitor is enabled.	6.3
EventMonitor.Install	Installs event monitor.	5.2
EventMonitor.LastMouseClickButton	Queries the index of the last pressed mouse button.	5.2
EventMonitor.LastMouseClickIsDoubleClick	Queries if last recognized mouse click is a double click.	5.2
EventMonitor.LastMousePositionX	Queries last mouse position.	7.3
EventMonitor.LastMousePositionY	Queries last mouse position.	7.3
EventMonitor.SetCardWindow	Sets script trigger for clicks outside card.	7.3
EventMonitor.SetEnabled	Enables or disables event monitor.	6.3
Events.Alarm.Copy	Creates a copy of the alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate	Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress	Query the email for this alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetProximity	Queries proximity.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset	Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetSound	Queries the sound to play.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation	Queries the location for the event.	6.2
Events.Alarm.GetURL	Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate	Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress	Sets the email for this alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetProximity	Sets the proximity for this alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset	Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetSound	Sets the sound to play.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation	Sets the location for the event.	6.2
Events.Alarm.SetURL	Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers.	6.2
Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo	Calculates the next alarm time.	6.2
Events.Alarm.Type	Queries the type of alarm.	6.2
Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType	Returns the authorization status for the given entity type.	6.2
Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications	Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier	A unique identifier for the calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.Duplicate	Creates a copy of the calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.GetColor	Returns the calendar color.	6.2
Events.Calendar.GetSource	Query the source ID for this calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.GetTitle	Gets the title of the calendar	6.2
Events.Calendar.GetType	Queries type of calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.Immutable	Queries whether calendar is immutable.	6.2
Events.Calendar.SetColor	Sets the calendar color.	6.2
Events.Calendar.SetSource	Sets the source for a new calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.SetTitle	Sets the title of the calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.Subscribed	Whether this is a subscribed calendar.	6.2
Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes	Returns the entity types this calendar can contain.	6.2
Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities	Returns list of supported event availabilities.	6.2
Events.CalendarCount	Queries number of calendars.	6.2
Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier	Finds matching events for external identifier.	6.2
Events.Calendars	Returns calendars that support a given entity type.	6.2
Events.ClearNotification	Clears the script trigger for changes.	6.2
Events.Commit	Commits pending changes to the database.	6.2
Events.CompletedReminders	Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars.	6.2
Events.DelegateSources	Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates.	6.2
Events.Event.BirthdayPersonUniqueID	Specifies the address book unique ID of the person this event was created for.	6.2
Events.Event.GetAllDay	Query whether this is an all day event.	6.2
Events.Event.GetAvailability	Queries availability.	6.2
Events.Event.GetEndDate	Queries the end date for the event.	6.2
Events.Event.GetStartDate	Queries the start date for the event.	6.2
Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation	Queries structured location.	6.2
Events.Event.IsDetached	Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series.	6.2
Events.Event.OccurrenceDate	The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series.	6.2
Events.Event.Refresh	Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid.	6.2
Events.Event.SetAllDay	Sets the all day flag for an event.	6.2
Events.Event.SetAvailability	Sets availability.	6.2
Events.Event.SetEndDate	Sets the end date for the event.	6.2
Events.Event.SetStartDate	Sets the start date for the event.	6.2
Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation	Sets the structured location.	6.2
Events.Event.Status	Queries status of event.	6.2
Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent	Comparison function.	6.2
Events.Event.organizer	The organizer of this event, or empty.	6.2
Events.EventStoreIdentifier	Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store.	6.2
Events.Events	Queries events in a given time range.	6.2
Events.IncompleteReminders	Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars.	6.2
Events.Initialize	Initializes EventKit and opens event store.	6.2
Events.Item.AddAlarm	Adds an alarm.	6.2
Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule	Adds a recurrence rule.	6.2
Events.Item.Alarms	Queries list of alarm references.	6.2
Events.Item.Attendees	Queries list of attendee reference list.	6.2
Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier	A server-provided identifier for this calendar item.	6.2
Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier	Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item.	6.2
Events.Item.Duplicate	Creates a copy of the item.	6.2
Events.Item.GetCalendar	Queries the calendar for this item.	6.2
Events.Item.GetLocation	Queries the location text.	6.2
Events.Item.GetNotes	Queries the notes text.	6.2
Events.Item.GetTimeZone	Queries timezone.	6.2
Events.Item.GetTitle	Queries title of the item.	6.2
Events.Item.GetURL	Queries the URL for this item.	6.2
Events.Item.HasAlarms	Whether this event has alarms.	6.2
Events.Item.HasAttendees	Whether this event has attendees.	6.2
Events.Item.HasNotes	Whether this event has notes.	6.2
Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules	Whether this event has recurrence rules.	6.2
Events.Item.RecurrenceRules	Queries list of recurrence rules reference list.	6.2
Events.Item.RemoveAlarm	Removes an alarm from the item.	6.2
Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule	Removes a recurrence rule.	6.2
Events.Item.SetCalendar	Sets the calendar for the event.	6.2
Events.Item.SetLocation	Sets the location for this event.	6.2
Events.Item.SetNotes	Sets the notes text for the calendar item.	6.2
Events.Item.SetTimeZone	Sets time zone for this item.	6.2
Events.Item.SetTitle	Sets the item title.	6.2
Events.Item.SetURL	Sets the URL for the calendar item.	6.2
Events.Item.creationDate	Queries creation date.	6.2
Events.Item.lastModifiedDate	Queries last modification date.	6.2
Events.NewAlarm	Creates a new alarm.	6.2
Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate	Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time.	6.2
Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset	Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time.	6.2
Events.NewCalendar	Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type.	6.2
Events.NewEvent	Creates a new event.	6.2
Events.NewReminder	Creates a new reminder.	6.2
Events.Object.HasChanges	Checks if there are changes.	6.2
Events.Object.IsNew	Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0.	6.2
Events.Object.Refresh	Refreshes values for this object.	6.2
Events.Object.Reset	Resets the object.	6.2
Events.Object.Rollback	Discards any changes.	6.2
Events.Participant.GetName	Queries name of participant.	6.2
Events.Participant.GetStatus	Queries participant status.	6.2
Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser	Whether this is current user.	6.2
Events.Participant.Name	Name of this participant.	6.2
Events.Participant.Person	Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant.	6.2
Events.Participant.Role	The role of the attendee.	6.2
Events.Participant.Status	The status of the attendee.	6.2
Events.Participant.Type	The type of the attendee.	6.2
Events.Participant.URL	URL representing this participant.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy	Creates a copy of the day of week object.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek	The day of the week.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek	Creates a object with a day of the week.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber	The week number.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy	Creates a copy of a recurrence end.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate	Queries end date.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate	Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount	Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount	Queries count.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier	Calendar used by this recurrence rule.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy	Creates a copy of the recurrence rule.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth	Queries days of the month.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek	Queries days of the week.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear	Queries days of the year.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.Description	Returns short description text for debugging.	7.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek	Queries first day of week number.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency	Queries frequency.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd	Queries recurrence end.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval	Queries interval.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear	Queries months of the year.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency	Creates a new recurrence rule.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions	Queries the set positions.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd	Sets the recurrence end.	6.2
Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear	Queries weeks of the year.	6.2
Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary	Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it.	6.2
Events.Reminder.GetCompleted	Whether or not the reminder is completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate	Queries the date on which this reminder was completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.GetDueDate	Queries due date.	6.2
Events.Reminder.GetPriority	Queries the priority of the reminder.	6.2
Events.Reminder.GetStartDate	Queries start date.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetCompleted	Whether or not the reminder is completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate	Sets the date on which this reminder was completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetDueDate	The date by which this reminder should be completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents	The date by which this reminder should be completed.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetPriority	Sets the priority of the reminder.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetStartDate	Sets the start date of the task.	6.2
Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents	Sets the start date of the task, as date components.	6.2
Events.Reminders	Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars.	6.2
Events.RemoveCalendar	Removes a calendar from the database.	6.2
Events.RemoveEvent	Removes an event from the calendar store.	6.2
Events.RemoveReminder	Removes a reminder from the event store.	6.2
Events.Reset	Resets the event store.	6.2
Events.SaveCalendar	Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database.	6.2
Events.SaveEvent	Saves changes to an event permanently.	6.2
Events.SaveReminder	Saves changes to a reminder.	6.2
Events.SelectEvent	Selects an event via ID.	6.2
Events.SetNotification	Installs a notification script.	6.2
Events.SetNotificationEvaluate	Installs a notification evaluation.	6.2
Events.Source.Calendars	Queries calendars inside the given source.	6.2
Events.Source.Title	Queries title of the source.	6.2
Events.Source.Type	Queries type of the source.	6.2
Events.SourceWithType	Returns the first source matching the type.	6.2
Events.Sources	Returns an unordered list of source IDs.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.Copy	Creates a copy of the structured location.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation	Queries the geo location.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius	Queries radius.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle	Creates a new location.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation	Sets the geo coordinates for this location.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius	Sets the radius.	6.2
Events.StructuredLocation.Title	Queries the title of this location.	6.2
Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents	Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default.	6.2
Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders	Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default.	6.2
Events.requestAccessToEntityType	Requests access for the entity type.	6.2
FM.AllowFileDragDrop	Installs fix for file drag and drop problem.	7.0
FM.Argument	Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line.	5.1
FM.ArgumentCount	Queries number of arguments.	5.1
FM.CurrentScriptID	Queries ID of current running FileMaker script.	5.1
FM.CurrentScriptName	Queries name of current script.	5.1
FM.CurrentThreadID	Queries current thread ID.	5.1
FM.DataType	Returns data type of argument.	6.1
FM.DataViewerContent	Looks for data viewer and copies visible table content.	6.3
FM.DeleteRecord	Deletes an existing record in a table in one line.	6.0
FM.DeleteRecords	Deletes existing records in a table in one line.	6.0
FM.DisableRuntimeEndWindow	Disables end screen on runtime on Mac.	4.3
FM.Evaluate	Similar to FileMaker's built in FM Evaluate	1.3
FM.ExecuteFileSQL	Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database.	3.5
FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle	This is similar to FM.ExecuteFileSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute.	6.5
FM.ExecuteSQL	Execute the SQL Statement against the current FileMaker File.	1.2
FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError	Queries the last error code from an SQL call	1.2
FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage	Queries the last error message from an SQL call	3.0
FM.ExecuteSQLOnIdle	This is similar to FM.ExecuteSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute.	1.2
FM.GetSQLBatchMode	Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks.	6.4
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord	Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line.	6.0
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2	Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line.	6.1
FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3	Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line.	6.1
FM.InsertRecord	Inserts a new record in a table in one line.	5.1
FM.InsertRecordQuery	Inserts a lot of records queried from a database.	5.1
FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates	Inserts a lot of records queried from a database.	6.0
FM.InsertRecordTSV	Inserts records based on tab/return separated text.	5.3
FM.InsertSetUpdateProgressDialog	Enable updating progress bar.	6.2
FM.IsMainThread	Checks if current thread is main thread.	5.1
FM.MainThreadID	Queries main thread ID.	5.1
FM.NULL	Returns a null value.	5.1
FM.QueryBaseTableNames	Queries the base table names of all tables currently open.	3.1
FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName	Queries the field names of all fields in the given table.	3.1
FM.QueryFieldsForTableName	Queries the field names of all fields in the given table.	3.1
FM.QueryTableNames	Queries the table names of all tables currently open.	3.1
FM.RunDataDesignReport	Performs a data design report automatically.	5.0
FM.RunScript	Runs a script in any open FileMaker file.	1.2
FM.RunScriptIdle	Runs a script after idle period.	3.3
FM.RunScriptLater	Runs a script in any open FileMaker file.	1.2
FM.SQL.CSV	Queries text of SQL result for CSV export.	7.0
FM.SQL.Execute	Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database.	5.1
FM.SQL.Field	Queries field value for given position in result.	5.1
FM.SQL.FieldCount	Queries number of fields.	5.1
FM.SQL.FieldType	Queries field type for given position in result.	5.1
FM.SQL.InsertRecords	Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory.	6.4
FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL	Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory.	6.4
FM.SQL.Release	Releases memory used for the SQL result.	5.1
FM.SQL.RowCount	Queries number of rows in the result.	5.1
FM.SQL.Text	Queries text of SQL result.	7.0
FM.ScriptIDForScriptName	Queries the ID for script with given name.	5.1
FM.ScriptNameForScriptID	Queries script name for a script ID.	5.1
FM.ScriptNames	Queries list of script names in current file.	5.1
FM.SetSQLBatchMode	Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks.	6.4
FM.SetThreadName	Sets a new name for a thread.	6.0
FM.StopScriptIdle	Stops any idle timer.	5.0
FM.UpdateRecord	Update an existing record in a table in one line.	6.0
FM.UpdateRecords	Updates an existing records in a table in one line.	6.0
FM.VariableClear	Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet.	1.2
FM.VariableClearAll	Clears all variables.	5.2
FM.VariableExists	Checks if a variable with that name exists.	4.0
FM.VariableGet	Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet.	1.2
FM.VariableList	Returns list of all variables names and values.	4.0
FM.VariableReset	Resets the list of variables.	4.0
FM.VariableSet	Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet.	1.2
FSEvents.Create	Creates a new FSEvents monitor.	5.4
FSEvents.CreateRelativeToDevice	Creates a new FSEvents monitor relative to a device.	6.0
FSEvents.CurrentEventId	Queries current event ID for system.	5.4
FSEvents.Description	Queries description event for this FSEvents object.	5.4
FSEvents.DeviceBeingWatched	Queries device ID of device watched.	6.0
FSEvents.DeviceID	Queries the DeviceID for a disk.	6.0
FSEvents.EventCount	Queries number of events in queue.	5.4
FSEvents.FlushASync	Flushes events asynchronously.	5.4
FSEvents.FlushSync	Flushes events synchronously.	5.4
FSEvents.GetEvaluate	Not yet documented	6.2
FSEvents.GetExclusionPaths	Queries list of exclusion paths.	6.0
FSEvents.GetFileName	Returns the file name for the scheduled script start.	5.4
FSEvents.GetScriptName	Returns the script name for the scheduled script start.	5.4
FSEvents.HasNextEvent	Checks if there is a pending event in the queue.	5.4
FSEvents.LastEventIdForDeviceBeforeTime	Queries event ID for a given time on a device.	6.0
FSEvents.LatestEventId	Queries latest Event ID for this stream.	5.4
FSEvents.NextEvent	Queries next event in queue.	5.4
FSEvents.PathsBeingWatched	Queries the paths being watched.	5.4
FSEvents.Release	Releases the FSEvents object.	5.4
FSEvents.SetEvaluate	Sets the expression for evaluate when database changes.	6.2
FSEvents.SetExclusionPaths	Sets directories to be filtered from the EventStream.	6.0
FSEvents.SetFileName	Sets the file name for scheduled script start.	5.4
FSEvents.SetScriptName	Sets the script name for scheduled script start.	5.4
FSEvents.Show	Shows details for this FSEvents object on console.	5.4
FSEvents.Start	Starts FSEvents monitor.	5.4
FSEvents.Started	Queries if FSEvents monitor is started.	5.4
FSEvents.Stop	Stops FSEvent monitor.	5.4
FSEvents.UUIDForDevice	Gets the UUID associated with a device.	6.0
FileDialog.GetAllowMulti	Queries whether multiple selection is allowed.	2.7
FileDialog.GetAllowsOtherFileTypes	Queries if other file types.	4.3
FileDialog.GetCanSelectHiddenExtension	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions.	2.7
FileDialog.GetFilter	Queries which filter is defined.	4.3
FileDialog.GetInitialDirectory	Queries the initial directory.	2.7
FileDialog.GetMessage	Returns the message displayed in the save panel.	2.7
FileDialog.GetNameFieldLabel	Returns the string displayed in front of the filename text field.	2.7
FileDialog.GetNameFieldStringValue	Returns the user-editable filename currently shown in the name field.	2.7
FileDialog.GetPath	Queries the native path with the given index.	2.7
FileDialog.GetPathCount	Queries number of file paths available.	2.7
FileDialog.GetPrompt	Queries current prompt text.	2.7
FileDialog.GetResolvesAliases	Returns whether the panel resolves aliases.	2.7
FileDialog.GetShowHidden	Returns whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user.	2.7
FileDialog.GetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories	Whether the panel displays file packages as directories.	2.7
FileDialog.GetWindowTitle	Returns the title of the panel.	2.7
FileDialog.OpenFileDialog	Shows dialog to select a file.	2.7
FileDialog.Reset	Resets all options to default values.	2.7
FileDialog.SaveFileDialog	Shows dialog to select where to save a file.	2.7
FileDialog.SelectFolderDialog	Shows dialog to select a folder.	2.7
FileDialog.SelectItemDialog	Shows dialog to select either file or folder.	2.7
FileDialog.SetAllowMulti	Sets whether multiple selection is allowed.	2.7
FileDialog.SetAllowsOtherFileTypes	Sets whether other file types are allowed.	4.3
FileDialog.SetCanSelectHiddenExtension	Sets whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions.	2.7
FileDialog.SetFilter	Queries whether other file types are allowed.	4.3
FileDialog.SetInitialDirectory	Sets the initial directory.	2.7
FileDialog.SetMessage	Sets the message text displayed in the panel.	2.7
FileDialog.SetNameFieldLabel	Sets the text displayed in front of the text field.	2.7
FileDialog.SetNameFieldStringValue	Sets the filename in the name field to the specified value.	2.7
FileDialog.SetPrompt	Sets the prompt of the default button.	2.7
FileDialog.SetResolvesAliases	Sets whether the panel resolves aliases.	2.7
FileDialog.SetShowHidden	Specifies whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user.	2.7
FileDialog.SetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories	Sets the panel's behavior for displaying file packages (for example, MyApp.app) to the user.	2.7
FileDialog.SetWindowTitle	Sets the title of the dialog.	2.7
FileDialogWatcher.GetLastPath	Queries the last path used in open/save dialogs.	2.6
FileDialogWatcher.Install	Installs the required code to catch file names from open/save dialogs on Mac.	2.6
Files.AccessDate	Queries the access date of the file or folder.	2.9
Files.AddedToDirectoryDate	Queries the date of the file or folder when it was added to parent folder.	6.4
Files.AppPath	Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution.	2.7
Files.CanOpenFile	Checks if plugin can read file.	5.4
Files.CopyFile	Copies the file without user interface.	2.8
Files.CreateBookmark	Creates a bookmark from a file path.	3.1
Files.CreateDirectory	Creates a directory.	2.7
Files.CreateHardLink	Creates a new hard link.	6.3
Files.CreateSymbolicLink	Creates a new symbolic link.	6.3
Files.CreationDate	Queries the creation date of the file or folder.	2.9
Files.Delete	Deletes a file directly without moving to trash.	3.3
Files.DeleteFolder	Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash.	4.2
Files.DirectoryExists	Checks whether a directory exists with the given path.	2.7
Files.DiskInfo	Queries information about a volume.	5.0
Files.FileDisplayName	Queries the display name of the file or folder.	2.9
Files.FileExists	Checks whether a file exists with the given path.	2.7
Files.FileExtension	Queries the file extension of the given path.	5.2
Files.FileInfo	Queries some file information.	4.3
Files.FileKind	Queries the file kind string.	2.9
Files.FileName	Queries the file name of the given path.	2.9
Files.FileSize	Queries file size.	2.7
Files.FileUTITypes	Queries uniform type identifiers for this file.	2.9
Files.FolderSize	Calculate sizes of folder.	6.2
Files.GetComment	Queries Finder's file comment.	6.2
Files.GetFinderLabel	Queries the label of the file or folder.	6.2
Files.GetNodeID	Queries the NodeID fo the file or folder.	3.1
Files.GetPathFromNodeID	Finds the file or folder for the given NodeID on the given volume.	3.1
Files.GetPosixPermissions	Queries posix file permissions.	4.3
Files.GetTagNames	Queries names of the tags assigned to the file/folder.	3.5
Files.IsHidden	Queries hidden state of a file or folder.	7.1
Files.ItemExists	Checks whether a item exists with the given path.	2.7
Files.Launch	Launches the file.	2.7
Files.LaunchFile	Launches the file.	2.7
Files.List	Queries list of file names in folder.	2.8
Files.ListRecursive	Queries list of paths in folder.	4.1
Files.ListVolumes	Lists mounted volumes.	6.5
Files.ModificationDate	Queries the modification date of the file or folder.	2.9
Files.Mount	Mounts a network share.	5.1
Files.MoveFile	Moves a file or folder without user interface.	2.8
Files.MoveToTrash	Deletes the file by moving it to trash without user interface.	2.8
Files.ReadFile	Reads a file with the given path.	3.5
Files.ReadJPEG	Reads a JPEG file from the file system.	4.3
Files.ReadPDF	Reads a PDF file from the file system.	4.3
Files.ReadPNG	Reads a PNG file from the file system.	4.3
Files.RenameFile	Renames a file or folder without user interface.	2.8
Files.ResolveBookmark	Resolves a bookmark.	3.1
Files.RevealFile	Reveals the file/folder in the shell.	2.7
Files.SetComment	Sets the file comment.	6.2
Files.SetCreationDate	Sets the file creation date.	7.2
Files.SetFinderLabel	Sets the Finder label.	6.2
Files.SetHidden	Sets the hidden state of a file or folder.	7.1
Files.SetModificationDate	Sets the file modification date.	7.2
Files.SetPosixPermissions	Sets posix file permissions.	4.3
Files.SetTagNames	Sets the tags for a file/folder.	3.5
Files.Unmount	Unmount a volume.	5.1
Files.WriteFile	Writes a file with the given data.	3.5
Folders.Applications	Queries path to applications folder.	4.3
Folders.LocalFonts	Queries path to local font folder.	4.3
Folders.LocalPreferences	Queries path to local preferences folder.	4.3
Folders.SharedDocuments	Queries path to shared documents folder.	4.3
Folders.System	Queries system folder.	4.3
Folders.SystemFonts	Queries path to system font folder.	4.3
Folders.SystemTemporary	Queries temporary folder.	4.3
Folders.UserDesktop	Queries path to user's desktop folder.	4.3
Folders.UserDocuments	Queries path to user's document folder.	4.3
Folders.UserDownloads	Queries location of user's downloads folder.	6.2
Folders.UserFonts	Queries path to user's font folder.	4.3
Folders.UserMusic	Queries path to user's music folder.	4.3
Folders.UserPictures	Queries path to user’s picture folder.	7.2
Folders.UserPreferences	Queries path to user's preferences folder.	4.3
Folders.UserTemporary	Queries temporary folder.	6.2
Folders.UserTrash	Queries trash folder location for current user.	5.1
Folders.UserVideo	Queries path to user's video folder.	4.3
Font.Activate	Activates a font inside app or whole computer.	2.6
Font.CalculateTextWidth	Calculates with of text.	6.5
Font.Deactivate	Deactivates a font inside app or whole computer.	2.6
FontManager.FontFile	Queries the native file path to a font file.	6.2
FontManager.ListFontFamilies	Queries a list of font families.	5.1
FontManager.ListFonts	Queries list of all fonts or list of fonts of a family.	5.1
GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold	Local adaptive threshold image.	2.0
GMImage.AddNoise	Add noise to image with specified noise type.	2.0
GMImage.AddNoiseChannel	Add noise to image with specified noise type.	2.0
GMImage.AddPathArcAbs	Draw a single arc segment.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathArcRel	Draw a single arc segment.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathClosePath	Close the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point).	4.1
GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs	Draw a single curve.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel	Draw a single curve.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs	Draw to a single point.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs	Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy).	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel	Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy).	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel	Draw to a single point.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs	Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y).	4.1
GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel	Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y).	4.1
GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs	Simple moveto with absolute coordinate.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel	Simple moveto with relative coordinate.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs	Draw a single curve.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel	Draw a single curve.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs	Adds a smooth curve to path.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel	Draw a single curve.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs	Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path.	4.1
GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel	Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path.	4.1
GMImage.Affine	Applies an affine transformation.	4.1
GMImage.Annotate	Annotate image (draw text on image).	2.0
GMImage.AveragePixelValue	Calculates the average pixel value.	3.0
GMImage.BaseColumns	Returns the base image width (before transformations).	2.0
GMImage.BaseFilename	Returns the Base image filename (before transformations)	2.0
GMImage.BaseRows	Returns the base image height (before transformations)	2.0
GMImage.Blur	Blur image with specified blur factor.	2.0
GMImage.BlurChannel	Blur image with specified blur factor.	2.0
GMImage.Border	Border image (add border to image).	2.0
GMImage.BoundingBox	Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels.	2.0
GMImage.Channel	Extract channel from image.	2.0
GMImage.Charcoal	Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch).	2.0
GMImage.Chop	Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image).	2.0
GMImage.ClipMask	Associate a clip mask with the image.	2.0
GMImage.ClipPath	Select a drawing clip path matching name.	4.1
GMImage.Colorize	Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity.	2.0
GMImage.ColorizeRGB	Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums.	2.0
GMImage.Columns	Returns the Image width.	2.0
GMImage.Compare	Compares current image with another image.	2.0
GMImage.Composite	Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.CompositeXY	Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.Contrast	Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image).	2.0
GMImage.Copy	Creates a copy of the picture.	2.0
GMImage.Crop	Crop image (subregion of original image).	2.0
GMImage.CycleColormap	Cycle image colormap.	2.0
GMImage.Despeckle	Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise).	2.0
GMImage.Destroy	Releases the image from memory.	2.0
GMImage.DestroyAll	Destroys all images.	7.0
GMImage.Directory	Returns the directory string.	2.0
GMImage.DrawArc	Draws an arc.	3.0
GMImage.DrawCircle	Draws a circle.	3.0
GMImage.DrawEllipse	Draw an ellipse.	3.0
GMImage.DrawLine	Draws a line.	3.0
GMImage.DrawPath	Draw on image using vector path.	4.1
GMImage.DrawRectangle	Draws a rectangle.	3.0
GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle	Draw a rounded rectangle.	3.0
GMImage.Edge	Edge image (hilight edges in image)	2.0
GMImage.Emboss	Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect).	2.0
GMImage.Enhance	Enhance image (minimize noise)	2.0
GMImage.Equalize	Equalize image (histogram equalization)	2.0
GMImage.Erase	Erase image to current "background color"	2.0
GMImage.FillPattern	Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects.	2.0
GMImage.FindColorInColumn	Locates first pixel in the column with given color.	5.0
GMImage.FindColorInRow	Locates first pixel in the row with given color.	5.0
GMImage.Flip	Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction)	2.0
GMImage.FloodFillColor	Flood-fill color across pixels.	2.0
GMImage.FloodFillColorXY	Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color.	2.0
GMImage.FloodFillOpacity	Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method.	2.0
GMImage.FloodFillTexture	Flood-fill texture across pixels.	2.0
GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY	Flood-fill texture across pixels.	2.0
GMImage.Flop	Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction)	2.0
GMImage.FontTypeMetrics	Queries space needed for text.	7.3
GMImage.Format	Long image format description.	2.0
GMImage.Frame	Frame image.	2.0
GMImage.Gamma	Gamma correct image.	2.0
GMImage.GaussianBlur	Gaussian blur image.	2.0
GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel	Gaussian blur image.	2.0
GMImage.Geometry	Preferred size of the image when encoding.	2.0
GMImage.GetAdjoin	Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file	2.0
GMImage.GetAnimationDelay	Queries the animation delay.	2.0
GMImage.GetAnimationIterations	Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for.	2.0
GMImage.GetAntiAlias	Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true)	2.0
GMImage.GetAttribute	Query a named attribute.	2.0
GMImage.GetBackgroundColor	Queries the Image background color.	2.0
GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture	Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background.	2.0
GMImage.GetBorderColor	Queries the Image border color.	2.0
GMImage.GetBoxColor	Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none).	2.0
GMImage.GetClassType	Queries the Image class (DirectClass or PseudoClass)	2.0
GMImage.GetColorFuzz	Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal	2.0
GMImage.GetColorMapSize	Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries)	2.0
GMImage.GetColorSpace	Queries the Image Color Space	2.0
GMImage.GetComment	Queries the comment.	2.0
GMImage.GetCompose	Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening).	2.0
GMImage.GetCompressType	Queries the compression type.	2.0
GMImage.GetDebug	Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled.	2.0
GMImage.GetDefineSet	Queries a define value.	2.0
GMImage.GetDefineValue	Queries a value.	2.0
GMImage.GetDensity	Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image	2.0
GMImage.GetDepth	Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components)	2.0
GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation	Queries orientation from EXIF.	6.5
GMImage.GetEndian	Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options.	2.0
GMImage.GetFileName	Queries the Image file name.	2.0
GMImage.GetFileSize	Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk	2.0
GMImage.GetFillColor	Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects.	2.0
GMImage.GetFillRule	Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects	2.0
GMImage.GetFilterType	Queries the Filter to use when resizing image	2.0
GMImage.GetFont	Queries the Text rendering font.	2.0
GMImage.GetFontPointsize	Queries the Font point size.	2.0
GMImage.GetGamma	Gamma level of the image	2.0
GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod	Queries the GIF disposal method.	2.0
GMImage.GetHeight	Returns the image height.	2.0
GMImage.GetInterlaceType	Queries the interlace type.	2.0
GMImage.GetIsValid	Does object contain valid image?	2.0
GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64	Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string.	3.0
GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex	Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string.	3.0
GMImage.GetLabel	Queries the image label.	2.0
GMImage.GetLineWidth	Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one)	2.0
GMImage.GetMagick	Queries the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF")	2.0
GMImage.GetMatte	Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel)	2.0
GMImage.GetMatteColor	Queries the Transparent color.	2.0
GMImage.GetModulusDepth	Queries the image modulus depth.	2.0
GMImage.GetMonochrome	Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white	2.0
GMImage.GetOrientation	Queries the image orientation.	2.0
GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64	Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string.	3.0
GMImage.GetPNGAsHex	Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string.	3.0
GMImage.GetPage	Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas.	2.0
GMImage.GetPixelColor	get pixel color at location x & y.	2.0
GMImage.GetQuality	Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75).	2.0
GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace	Gets the Colorspace to quantize in.	2.0
GMImage.GetQuantizeColors	Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to.	2.0
GMImage.GetQuantizeDither	Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true).	2.0
GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth	Queries the Quantization tree-depth.	2.0
GMImage.GetRenderingIntent	Queries the type of rendering intent.	2.0
GMImage.GetResolutionUnits	Queries which units are used for image resolution.	2.0
GMImage.GetScene	Gets the image scene number	2.0
GMImage.GetSize	Queries the Width and height of a raw image	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias	Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeColor	Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray	Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths.	4.2
GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset	Gets the stroke dash offset.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap	Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin	Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit	Gets the miter limit.	2.0
GMImage.GetStrokeWidth	Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one)	2.0
GMImage.GetSubImage	Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used.	2.0
GMImage.GetSubRange	Gets the Number of images relative to the base image	2.0
GMImage.GetTextEncoding	Queries the text encoding.	2.0
GMImage.GetTileName	Queries the Tile name.	2.0
GMImage.GetType	Image representation type.	2.0
GMImage.GetVerbose	Queries whether to print detailed information about the image	2.0
GMImage.GetView	Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters.	2.0
GMImage.GetWidth	Returns the Image width.	2.0
GMImage.GetXMP	Query XMP data.	6.3
GMImage.GetchannelDepth	Obtain modulus channel depth	2.0
GMImage.GetcolorMap	Queries an entry in the color map.	2.0
GMImage.GeticcColorProfile	Queries the ICC color profile.	2.0
GMImage.GetiptcProfile	Queries the IPTC profile.	2.0
GMImage.GetiptcProfileValues	Queries list with all IPTC values found.	6.2
GMImage.Getprofile	Retrieve a named profile from the image.	2.0
GMImage.ImageCount	Queries number of open images.	5.0
GMImage.Implode	Implode image (special effect).	2.0
GMImage.Level	Level image.	2.0
GMImage.LevelChannel	Level image channel.	2.0
GMImage.Magnify	Magnify image by integral size.	2.0
GMImage.Map	Remap image colors with closest color from reference image.	2.0
GMImage.MatteFloodfill	Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value.	2.0
GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel	The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced.	2.0
GMImage.MedianFilter	Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood.	2.0
GMImage.Minify	Reduce image by integral size.	2.0
GMImage.Modulate	Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image.	2.0
GMImage.MontageGeometry	Tile size and offset within an image montage.	2.0
GMImage.MotionBlur	Motion blur image with specified blur factor.	2.0
GMImage.MultiplyChannel	Multiplies all values in a channel.	5.0
GMImage.Negate	Negate colors in image.	2.0
GMImage.New	Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color.	2.0
GMImage.NewFromBase64	Loads a picture from base64 encoded data.	3.0
GMImage.NewFromContainer	Loads a picture from the given container.	2.0
GMImage.NewFromFile	Loads a picture file.	2.0
GMImage.NewFromHex	Loads a picture from hex encoded data.	3.0
GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer	Loads a picture from the given container.	5.1
GMImage.NewImagesFromFile	Loads a picture file with several files.	5.1
GMImage.Normalize	Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values)	2.0
GMImage.NormalizedMaxError	The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced.	2.0
GMImage.NormalizedMeanError	The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced.	2.0
GMImage.OilPaint	Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting)	2.0
GMImage.Opacity	Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image.	2.0
GMImage.Opaque	Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color.	2.0
GMImage.PopClipPath	Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath.	4.1
GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles	Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files.	5.0
GMImage.PushClipPath	Push (create) clip path definition with new name.	4.1
GMImage.Quantize	Quantize image (reduce number of colors).	2.0
GMImage.Raise	Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect)	2.0
GMImage.RandomThreshold	Random threshold image.	2.0
GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel	Random threshold image.	2.0
GMImage.ReduceNoise	Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter.	2.0
GMImage.ReplaceColor	Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image.	4.3
GMImage.Roll	Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows)	2.0
GMImage.Rollxy	Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows)	2.0
GMImage.Rotate	Rotate image by specified number of degrees.	2.0
GMImage.Rotating	Set rotation to use when drawing.	4.1
GMImage.Rows	Returns the image height.	2.0
GMImage.Sample	Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.Scale	Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.Scaling	Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects.	4.1
GMImage.Segment	Segments the image.	2.0
GMImage.SetAdjoin	Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file	2.0
GMImage.SetAnimationDelay	Sets the animation delay.	2.0
GMImage.SetAnimationIterations	Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for.	2.0
GMImage.SetAntiAlias	Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true)	2.0
GMImage.SetAttribute	Set a named attribute.	2.0
GMImage.SetBackgroundColor	Sets the Image background color.	2.0
GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture	Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background	2.0
GMImage.SetBorderColor	Sets the Image border color.	2.0
GMImage.SetBoxColor	Text bounding-box base color (default none).	2.0
GMImage.SetCacheThreshold	Sets the Pixel cache threshold in megabytes.	2.0
GMImage.SetClassType	Sets the Image class (DirectClass=1 or PseudoClass=2)	2.0
GMImage.SetColorFuzz	Sets the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal.	2.0
GMImage.SetColorMapSize	Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries)	2.0
GMImage.SetColorSpace	Sets the Image Color Space.	2.0
GMImage.SetComment	Sets the image comment.	2.0
GMImage.SetCompose	Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening).	2.0
GMImage.SetCompressType	Sets the compression type.	2.0
GMImage.SetDebug	Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick	2.0
GMImage.SetDefineSet	Sets a define value.	2.0
GMImage.SetDefineValue	Sets a value.	2.0
GMImage.SetDensity	Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image	2.0
GMImage.SetDepth	Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components)	2.0
GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation	Sets orientation for EXIF.	6.5
GMImage.SetEndian	Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options.	2.0
GMImage.SetFileName	Sets the Image file name.	2.0
GMImage.SetFillColor	Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects.	2.0
GMImage.SetFillRule	Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects	2.0
GMImage.SetFilterType	Sets the Filter to use when resizing image	2.0
GMImage.SetFont	Sets the Text rendering font.	2.0
GMImage.SetFontPointsize	Sets the font point size.	2.0
GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod	Sets the GIF disposal method.	2.0
GMImage.SetInterlaceType	Sets the interlace type.	2.0
GMImage.SetIsValid	Sets whether the object contain a valid image.	2.0
GMImage.SetLabel	Sets the image label.	2.0
GMImage.SetLineWidth	Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one)	2.0
GMImage.SetMagick	Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF")	2.0
GMImage.SetMatte	Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel)	2.0
GMImage.SetMatteColor	Sets the Transparent color.	2.0
GMImage.SetModulusDepth	Sets the Image modulus depth.	2.0
GMImage.SetMonochrome	If set, transform image to black and white.	2.0
GMImage.SetOrientation	Sets the image orientation.	2.0
GMImage.SetPage	Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas.	2.0
GMImage.SetPixelColor	set pixel color at location x & y.	2.0
GMImage.SetQuality	Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75).	2.0
GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace	Sets the Colorspace to quantize in.	2.0
GMImage.SetQuantizeColors	Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to	2.0
GMImage.SetQuantizeDither	Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true).	2.0
GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth	Sets the Quantization tree-depth.	2.0
GMImage.SetRenderingIntent	Sets the type of rendering intent	2.0
GMImage.SetResolutionUnits	Sets which units are used for image resolution.	2.0
GMImage.SetScene	Sets the image scene number	2.0
GMImage.SetSize	Sets the Width and height of a raw image	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias	Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeColor	Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray	Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths.	4.2
GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset	Sets the stroke dash offset.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap	Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin	Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit	Sets the miter limit.	2.0
GMImage.SetStrokeWidth	Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one)	2.0
GMImage.SetSubImage	Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used.	2.0
GMImage.SetSubRange	Sets the Number of images relative to the base image	2.0
GMImage.SetTextEncoding	Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16")	2.0
GMImage.SetTileName	Sets the Tile name.	2.0
GMImage.SetType	Sets the Image representation type.	2.0
GMImage.SetVerbose	Sets whether to print detailed information about the image.	2.0
GMImage.SetView	Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters.	2.0
GMImage.SetXMP	Sets the XMP data.	6.3
GMImage.SetchannelDepth	Set modulus channel depth	2.0
GMImage.SetcolorMap	Sets an entry in the color map.	2.0
GMImage.SeticcColorProfile	Sets the ICC color profile.	2.0
GMImage.SetiptcProfile	Sets the IPTC profile.	2.0
GMImage.Setprofile	Add or remove a named profile to/from the image.	2.0
GMImage.Shade	Shade image using distant light source.	2.0
GMImage.Sharpen	Sharpen pixels in image.	2.0
GMImage.SharpenChannel	Sharpen pixels in image	2.0
GMImage.Shave	Shave pixels from image edges.	2.0
GMImage.Shear	Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis).	2.0
GMImage.Signature	Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified.	2.0
GMImage.SkewX	Apply Skew in X direction.	4.1
GMImage.SkewY	Apply Skew in Y direction.	4.1
GMImage.Solarize	Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process).	2.0
GMImage.Spread	Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount.	2.0
GMImage.Stegano	Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image)	2.0
GMImage.Stereo	Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right)	2.0
GMImage.Strip	Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image.	3.5
GMImage.StrokePattern	Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines.	2.0
GMImage.Swirl	Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees).	2.0
GMImage.Texture	Channel a texture on image background.	2.0
GMImage.Threshold	Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white).	2.0
GMImage.TotalColors	Number of colors in the image	2.0
GMImage.Transform	Transform image based on image and crop geometries.	2.0
GMImage.TransformOrigin	Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing.	2.0
GMImage.TransformReset	Reset transformation parameters to default.	2.0
GMImage.TransformRotation	Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing.	2.0
GMImage.TransformScale	Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing.	2.0
GMImage.TransformSkewX	Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing.	2.0
GMImage.TransformSkewY	Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing.	2.0
GMImage.Translation	Apply coordinate translation.	4.1
GMImage.Transparent	Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent	2.0
GMImage.Trim	Trim edges that are the background color from the image.	2.0
GMImage.Unsharpmask	Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel	Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm.	2.0
GMImage.Wave	Map image pixels to a sine wave:	2.0
GMImage.WriteImages	Writes several images to disk.	3.4
GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer	Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field.	2.4
GMImage.WriteToFile	Write single image frame to a file.	2.0
GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer	Writes the picture in GIF format to a container object which you can store in a container field.	2.4
GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer	Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container object which you can store in a container field.	2.0
GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer	Writes the picture in PNG format to a container object which you can store in a container field.	2.0
GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer	Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container object which you can store in a container field.	4.4
GMImage.XResolution	Returns the x resolution of the image.	2.0
GMImage.YResolution	Returns the y resolution of the image.	2.0
GMImage.Zoom	Zoom image to specified size.	2.0
GZipFile.Compress	Compresses a file.	4.2
GZipFile.Decompress	Decompresses a file.	4.2
GetSystemUIMode	Queries the current system UI mode. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values.	2.1
GetSystemUIModeOptions	Queries the current system UI mode options. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values.	2.1
Hash.Digest	Calculates a hash of a value.	4.1
Hash.MD5	Calculated MD5 hash of given text.	2.7
Hash.MD5.HMAC	Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string.	4.0
Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC	Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm.	3.3
Hash.RandomHexString	Creates a random hex string.	3.3
Hash.RandomString	Creates a random string.	3.1
Hash.SHA1	Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text.	3.1
Hash.SHA1.HMAC	Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string.	3.1
Hash.SHA256	Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text.	3.1
Hash.SHA256.HMAC	Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string.	3.1
Hash.SHA512	Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text.	2.7
Hash.SHA512.HMAC	Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string.	4.0
HotKey.GetEnabled	Queries the enabled state.	5.4
HotKey.GetEvaluate	Queries expression to be run when hotkey is pressed.	6.1
HotKey.GetIgnoreOnModal	Queries state for modal dialogs.	5.4
HotKey.GetKeyCode	Returns the key code given at registration.	5.2
HotKey.GetKeyUp	Queries whether to trigger script both on key down and key up.	7.1
HotKey.GetLocal	Queries the local flag.	5.4
HotKey.GetModifiers	Returns the modifiers given at registration.	5.2
HotKey.GetName	Queries the name defined for this hotkey.	5.4
HotKey.GetScriptFileName	Queries filename of script to call in case of event.	5.0
HotKey.GetScriptName	Queries name of script to call in case of event.	5.0
HotKey.GetTag	Queries the tag defined for this hotkey.	5.4
HotKey.List	Lists all hotkeys.	5.2
HotKey.Register	Registers a global hot key based on the virtual key code and modifiers.	5.0
HotKey.SetEnabled	Sets the enabled state.	5.4
HotKey.SetEvaluate	Sets expression to be run when hotkey is pressed.	6.1
HotKey.SetIgnoreOnModal	Sets state for modal dialogs.	5.4
HotKey.SetKeyUp	Whether to trigger script both on key down and key up.	7.1
HotKey.SetLocal	Sets the local flag.	5.4
HotKey.SetName	Sets the name of a hotkey.	5.4
HotKey.SetScript	Sets which script to call if hotkey is pressed.	5.0
HotKey.SetTag	Sets the tag of a hotkey.	5.4
HotKey.Unregister	Unregisters a hotkey and frees resources.	5.0
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Close	Closes the window.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetCancelButtonLabel	Queries the caption of the cancel button.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalCameras	Queries whether to include local cameras in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalScanners	Queries whether to include local scanners in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkCameras	Queries whether to include network cameras in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkScanners	Queries whether to include network scanners in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetHeight	Queries height of dialog.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetMode	Queries display mode.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetPrompt	Queries the current prompt text.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetSelectButtonLabel	Queries the caption of the select button.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWidth	Queries the width of the dialog.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWindowTitle	Queries the window title.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Hide	Hides the window.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Reset	Resets options to default.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceID	Queries ID of selected device.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceName	Queries name of selected device.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetCancelButtonLabel	Sets the caption of the cancel button.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalCameras	Sets whether to include local cameras in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalScanners	Sets whether to include local scanners in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkCameras	Sets whether to include network cameras in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkScanners	Sets whether to include network scanners in list.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetHeight	Sets the height of the dialog.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetMode	Sets the display mode.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetPrompt	Sets prompt text.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetSelectButtonLabel	Sets the caption of the select button.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetTrigger	Sets the script trigger to notify on events.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWidth	Sets the width of the window.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWindowTitle	Sets window title.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Show	Shows the window.	6.5
IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Visible	Queries whether window is visible.	6.5
IKPictureTaker.ClearNotification	Clears the script to be called.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsEditing	Queries whether image editing is allowed.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsFileChoosing	Queries whether image files can be chosen.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsVideoCapture	Queries whether video capture is allowed.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetInformationalText	Queries informational text.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetInputImage	Return the original PictureTaker's input-image.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetMirroring	Queries video mirroring status.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImage	Return the edited image.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxHeight	Queries the maximum allowed image height.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxWidth	Queries the maximum allowed image width.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetRemainOpenAfterValidate	Queries whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetShowAddressBookPicture	Queries whether addressbook pictures are shown.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetShowEffects	Queries wether to show effects.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetShowEmptyPicture	Queries the image to be shown for empty picture.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetShowRecentPicture	Queries whether to show recent pictures.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.GetUpdateRecentPicture	Queries whether to allow a recent picture to be updated.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.Run	Launch the PictureTaker.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsEditing	Sets whether image editing is allowed.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsFileChoosing	Sets whether image files can be chosen.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsVideoCapture	Sets whether video capture is allowed.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetInformationalText	Sets informational text.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetInputImage	Set the image input for the PictureTaker.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetMirroring	Controls whether the receiver enable/disable video mirroring durring snapshots (default is on).	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetNotification	Installs a notification script.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetOutputImageMaxSize	Sets maximum size of the output image.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetRemainOpenAfterValidate	Sets whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetShowAddressBookPicture	Sets whether addressbook pictures are shown.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetShowEffects	Sets wether to show effects.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetShowEmptyPicture	Sets the image to be shown for empty picture.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetShowRecentPicture	Sets whether to show recent pictures.	3.5
IKPictureTaker.SetUpdateRecentPicture	Sets whether to allow a recent picture to be updated.	3.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.ClearImage	Clears all images.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.Close	Closes the window.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetCombine	Queries the combine flag.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDocumentName	Queries the document name.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDownloadsDirectory	Queries download folder.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetHeight	Queries height of dialog.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetMode	Queries mode of the scanner interface.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetOverviewControlLabel	Queries the label for the 'Overview' control.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScanControlLabel	Queries the label for the 'Scan' control.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceID	Queries ID of current scanner device.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceName	Queries name of current scanner device.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWidth	Queries the width of the dialog.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWindowTitle	Queries the window title.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.Hide	Hides the window.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.ImageCount	Queries number of images in queue.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.NextImage	Queries path of next image.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.Reset	Resets options to default.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCombine	Sets the combine flag.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDocumentName	Set the document name.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDownloadsDirectory	Sets the download directory.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetHeight	Sets the height of the dialog.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetMode	Sets mode of the scanner interface.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetOverviewControlLabel	Sets the label for the 'Overview' control.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScanControlLabel	Sets the label for the 'Scan' control.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceID	Selects scanner by ID.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceName	Selects scanner by name.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetTrigger	Sets the trigger to notify when new picture arrives.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWidth	Sets the width of the window.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWindowTitle	Sets window title.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.Show	Shows the window.	6.5
IKScannerDevicePanel.Visible	Queries whether window is visible.	6.5
IKSlideShow.Add	Adds a slide.	1.6
IKSlideShow.AddImage	Adds a slide.	3.1
IKSlideShow.AddPDF	Adds a slide.	3.1
IKSlideShow.AddPath	Adds a slide.	3.1
IKSlideShow.AddURL	Adds a slide.	3.1
IKSlideShow.Clear	Clears the list of slides.	1.6
IKSlideShow.Count	Returns number of items.	6.4
IKSlideShow.GetAudioFile	Queries the audio file path.	6.4
IKSlideShow.GetMode	Queries the mode for slideshow.	3.1
IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayBox	Queries the current PDF display box.	1.6
IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayMode	Queries the current PDF display mode.	1.6
IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplaysAsBook	Queries whether PDFs are displayed as book currently.	1.6
IKSlideShow.GetScreen	Queries screen index.	6.4
IKSlideShow.GetStartIndex	Queries the start index for the slide show.	1.8
IKSlideShow.GetStartPaused	Queries whether the slide show should start paused.	1.6
IKSlideShow.GetWrapAround	Queries the current wrap around setting.	1.6
IKSlideShow.ItemAtIndex	Queries item at index.	6.4
IKSlideShow.Run	Runs the slide show with the current slide list and the current options.	1.6
IKSlideShow.SetAudioFile	Sets the audio file to play while doing slide show.	6.4
IKSlideShow.SetMode	Sets the mode for slideshow.	3.1
IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayBox	Sets the PDF display box which should be used to display PDFs.	1.6
IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayMode	Sets the PDF display mode which should be used to display PDFs.	1.6
IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplaysAsBook	Sets whether a PDF is displayed as book.	1.6
IKSlideShow.SetScreen	Sets the screen.	6.4
IKSlideShow.SetStartIndex	Sets the start index for the slide show.	1.8
IKSlideShow.SetStartPaused	Defines whether the slideshow starts paused or not.	1.6
IKSlideShow.SetWrapAround	Specifies the new wrap around setting.	1.6
Icon.ClearIcon	Clears the custom icon for the file or directory at the specified path.	2.7
Icon.GetIcon	Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path.	2.3
Icon.GetIconWithQuickLook	Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path.	2.3
Icon.SetIcon	Sets the icon for the file or directory at the specified path.	2.7
ImageCapture.CloseDevice	Requests to close a previously opened session on this device.	6.4
ImageCapture.DeviceInfo	Queries information about device.	6.4
ImageCapture.Devices	Queries list of devices.	6.4
ImageCapture.Features	Queries list of features.	6.4
ImageCapture.GetFeatureValue	Queries vendor feature value.	6.4
ImageCapture.GetParameter	Queries a parameter of current functional unit.	6.4
ImageCapture.ImagePaths	Queries list of image files.	6.4
ImageCapture.Initialize	Initializes Image Capture engine.	6.4
ImageCapture.OpenDevice	Requests to open a session on the device.	6.4
ImageCapture.PreferredDevice	Returns UUID for preferred device.	6.4
ImageCapture.SetFeatureValue	Sets a vendor feature value.	6.4
ImageCapture.SetParameter	Sets a parameter for current functional device.	6.4
ImageCapture.cancelScan	Cancels current scan.	6.4
ImageCapture.requestOverviewScan	Starts an overview scan on selectedFunctionalUnit.	6.4
ImageCapture.requestScan	Starts a scan on selectedFunctionalUnit.	6.4
ImageCapture.requestSelectFunctionalUnit	Requests the scanner device to select a functional unit.	6.4
Is64bit	Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit.	5.0
IsClient	Checks if plugin is running on a client.	4.3
IsError	Checks whether last plugin function returned error.	3.4
IsIOS	Whether we run on iOS.	6.1
IsLinux	Whether we run on Linux.	6.1
IsMacOSX	Whether we run on Mac.	6.1
IsMobile	Whether plugin runs on a mobile target.	7.2
IsRegistered	Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key.	3.0
IsRuntime	Checks if plugin is running on a runtime.	4.3
IsServer	Checks if plugin is running on a server.	4.3
IsWindows	Whether we run on Windows.	6.1
JSON.AddBooleanToObject	Adds a boolean value to an array.	6.0
JSON.AddFalseToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value.	2.7
JSON.AddItemToArray	Adds an item to an array.	2.7
JSON.AddItemToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value.	2.7
JSON.AddNullToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value.	2.7
JSON.AddNumberToArray	Adds a number to an array.	4.3
JSON.AddNumberToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value.	2.7
JSON.AddStringToArray	Adds a string to an array.	4.3
JSON.AddStringToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value.	2.7
JSON.AddTrueToObject	Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value.	2.7
JSON.Clone	Creates a clone of the json.	6.1
JSON.Compact	Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text.	2.7
JSON.CreateArray	Creates new array.	2.7
JSON.CreateArrayRef	Creates empty array reference.	6.0
JSON.CreateBool	Creates boolean JSON node.	2.7
JSON.CreateBoolean	Creates a boolean node with given value.	6.0
JSON.CreateDoubleArray	Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values.	2.7
JSON.CreateFalse	Creates a boolean node with false value.	2.7
JSON.CreateIntegerArray	Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values.	4.3
JSON.CreateNull	Creates a new NULL entry.	2.7
JSON.CreateNumber	Creates a new JSON encoded number.	2.7
JSON.CreateObject	Creates a new empty object node.	2.7
JSON.CreateObjectRef	Creates empty object reference.	6.0
JSON.CreateString	Creates a string node with given text.	2.7
JSON.CreateStringArray	Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values.	2.7
JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList	Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values.	4.1
JSON.CreateTrue	Creates a boolean node with true value.	2.7
JSON.DeleteItemFromArray	Deletes an item from an array.	2.7
JSON.DeleteItemFromObject	Deletes item from an object.	2.7
JSON.Format	Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text.	4.4
JSON.GetArrayItem	Queries entry from array with given index.	2.7
JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList	Queries a list of all array entries.	4.2
JSON.GetArrayPathItems	Queries value from JSON path in array of objects.	7.1
JSON.GetArraySize	Queries the number of array entries.	2.7
JSON.GetDoubleValue	Queries a floating point value of the JSON node.	2.7
JSON.GetIntegerValue	Queries integer value of the JSON node.	2.7
JSON.GetObjectItem	Queries named item from an object.	2.7
JSON.GetObjectItemTree	Queries named item from an object tree.	3.2
JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef	Queries named item from an object tree.	6.0
JSON.GetObjectName	Queries name of item in an object.	4.0
JSON.GetObjectNameList	Queries names of items in an object.	4.0
JSON.GetObjectSize	Queries the number of object items.	4.0
JSON.GetPathItem	Queries value from JSON path.	6.1
JSON.GetStringValue	Queries string value of the JSON node.	2.7
JSON.GetType	Queries type of json object.	2.7
JSON.GetValue	Queries the value of the json.	6.1
JSON.Import	Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records.	5.4
JSON.Import.Cancel	Cancels current import.	5.4
JSON.Import.Status	Queries status of xml import.	5.4
JSON.Import.Todo	Queries how many items are to be done for XML import.	5.4
JSON.Import.Total	Queries total items to be imported.	5.4
JSON.Import.Work	Performs import.	5.4
JSON.IsValid	Checks if JSON text is valid.	6.3
JSON.Parse	Parses JSON text and return reference number.	6.0
JSON.Release	Frees a json reference number.	6.0
JSON.ReleaseAll	Releases all JSON objects.	6.0
JSON.ReplaceItemInArray	Replaces an item in an array with new item.	4.3
JSON.ReplaceItemInObject	Replaces an item in an object with new item.	4.3
JSON.SetPathItem	Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy.	6.1
Java.CallObjectMethod	Calls a method on an object.	6.5
Java.CallStaticMethod	Calls a static method on a class.	6.5
Java.GetContainerFileName	Query container file name to use.	6.5
Java.GetObjectField	Queries a field on an object.	6.5
Java.GetStaticField	Queries a static field on a class.	6.5
Java.Initialize	Initializes JavaVM.	6.5
Java.Initialized	Checks whether Java VM is initialized.	6.5
Java.NewClassObject	Creates a new object and invokes constructor.	6.5
Java.ObjectClassName	Queries name of class of an java object.	6.5
Java.Release	Releases an object reference.	6.5
Java.ReleaseAll	Releases all java objects.	6.5
Java.SetContainerFileName	Sets the container file name to use for next containers.	6.5
Java.SetObjectField	Sets a field on an object.	6.5
Java.SetStaticField	Sets a static field on a class.	6.5
JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax	Checks script syntax.	5.4
JavaScript.EvaluateScript	Evaluate a string of JavaScript code.	5.4
JavaScript.GetProperty	Queries property value as text.	5.4
JavaScript.HasProperty	Checks if a property is defined.	5.4
JavaScript.New	Creates a new javascript context.	5.4
JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction	Registers evaluate function.	5.4
JavaScript.RegisterFunction	Registers a javascript function.	5.4
JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction	Registers a run script function.	5.4
JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction	Registers a SQLQuery function.	5.4
JavaScript.Release	Releases a javascript context.	5.4
JavaScript.SetProperty	Sets property value.	5.4
LCMS.ProfileInfo	Queries profile information for an ICC Profile.	4.0
LDAP.Add	Adds an entry to a tree.	6.0
LDAP.AddList	Adds an entry to a tree.	6.4
LDAP.AddRecord	Adds an entry to a tree.	7.0
LDAP.Bind	Authenticates a client to the LDAP server.	6.0
LDAP.Connect	Initializes an LDAP connection.	6.0
LDAP.Delete	Removes a leaf entry from the directory tree.	6.0
LDAP.GetNetworkTimeOut	Queries network timeout value.	6.0
LDAP.GetProtocolVersion	Queries protocol version for this connection.	6.0
LDAP.GetReferrals	Queries the referrals option.	6.0
LDAP.GetTimeOut	Queries timeout value.	6.0
LDAP.Modify	Changes an existing entry.	6.0
LDAP.ModifyRecord	Changes an existing entry.	7.0
LDAP.Release	Releases the connection.	6.0
LDAP.Rename	Changes the distinguished name of an entry in the directory.	6.0
LDAP.Search	Performs a search.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeCount	Queries number of attributes for an entry.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeName	Returns the name of an attribute in an entry.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeNames	Queries all names of attributes for an entry as a list.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValue	Queries a value from search results.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValueCount	Queries the number of values for an attribute.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValues	Returns the values for an attribute in an entry.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.Count	Queries number of entries in search results.	6.0
LDAP.SearchResult.DistinguishedName	Queries distinguished name for an entry in search results.	6.0
LDAP.SetNetworkTimeOut	Sets network timeout value.	6.0
LDAP.SetProtocolVersion	Set the protocol version to use.	6.0
LDAP.SetReferrals	Sets the referrals option.	6.0
LDAP.SetTimeOut	Sets timeout value.	6.0
LDAP.SimpleBind	Authenticates a client to a server, using a plaintext password.	6.0
List.AddPostfix	Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
List.AddPrefix	Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
List.AddValue	Adds a value to the list.	7.1
List.And	Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists.	4.4
List.BestMatch	Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts.	5.0
List.CrossProduct	Creates the cross product from two lists.	6.1
List.DeCombine	Picks elements from each line in a list.	6.3
List.Deserialize	Restores a serialized list.	5.2
List.FindEquals	Finds equal items in both lists.	4.2
List.FindUnequals	Finds unequal items in both lists.	4.2
List.GetValue	Queries a value in the list.	7.1
List.HasValue	Checks whether a list contains a given value.	6.4
List.InsertValue	Inserts a value to a list.	7.1
List.MatchesPostfix	Finds list entries which have a given postfix text.	5.4
List.MatchesPrefix	Finds list entries which have a given prefix text.	5.4
List.Not	Returns values of first list which are not in second list.	4.4
List.Or	Returns values of both lists.	4.4
List.RegExMatch	Matches a list against a pattern.	4.4
List.Remove	Removes the value with the given index.	7.1
List.RemoveDuplicateItems	Removes duplicate items in the list.	4.2
List.RemoveEmptyItems	Removes empty items in the list.	4.2
List.RemovePostfix	Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
List.RemovePrefix	Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
List.RemoveValue	Removes a value from a quick list.	7.1
List.Reverse	Reverses the order of items in the list.	4.4
List.Serialize	Serialized a list as a text.	5.2
List.SetValue	Sets a value in the list.	7.1
List.Sort	Sorts the list.	4.2
List.ValueIndex	Finds the index for a given value.	5.4
List.XOr	Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both.	4.4
ListDialog.AddItemToList	Adds a line to the list.	4.2
ListDialog.AddItemsToList	Adds entries to the list.	4.2
ListDialog.AddSQL	Adds items via SQL statement.	5.1
ListDialog.ClearList	Clears the list.	4.2
ListDialog.GetAllowEmptySelection	Queries whether empty selection is allowed.	5.0
ListDialog.GetAllowMultipleSelection	Queries whether multiple selection is allowed.	4.2
ListDialog.GetCancelButtonLabel	Queries the caption of the cancel button.	4.2
ListDialog.GetHeight	Queries height of dialog.	4.3
ListDialog.GetPositionX	Queries dialog position.	6.5
ListDialog.GetPositionY	Queries dialog position.	6.5
ListDialog.GetPrompt	Queries the current prompt text.	4.2
ListDialog.GetSelectButtonLabel	Queries the caption of the select button.	4.2
ListDialog.GetSelectedTag	Queries the selected tag.	4.2
ListDialog.GetSelectedTitle	Queries title of the selected item.	4.2
ListDialog.GetWidth	Queries the width of the dialog.	4.3
ListDialog.GetWindowTitle	Queries the window title.	4.2
ListDialog.ListCount	Queries number of list entries.	4.2
ListDialog.ListItem	Queries the text displayed for the given index.	4.2
ListDialog.ListTag	Queries the tag for the given index.	4.2
ListDialog.SetAllowEmptySelection	Sets whether empty selection is allowed.	5.0
ListDialog.SetAllowMultipleSelection	Sets whether multiple selection is allowed.	4.2
ListDialog.SetCancelButtonLabel	Sets the caption of the cancel button.	4.2
ListDialog.SetHeight	Sets the height of the dialog.	4.3
ListDialog.SetPosition	Sets position for dialog.	6.5
ListDialog.SetPositionX	Sets position for dialog.	6.5
ListDialog.SetPositionY	Sets position for dialog.	6.5
ListDialog.SetPrompt	Sets prompt text.	4.2
ListDialog.SetSelectButtonLabel	Sets the caption of the select button.	4.2
ListDialog.SetSelectedTag	Sets which item is selected.	4.2
ListDialog.SetSelectedTitle	Sets which item is selected.	4.2
ListDialog.SetWidth	Sets the width of the dialog.	4.3
ListDialog.SetWindowTitle	Sets window title.	4.2
ListDialog.ShowDialog	Shows the dialog.	4.2
Log	Writes the given values to the debug console.	2.2
MarkDown.CSS	Queries CSS for the markdown.	5.1
MarkDown.Create	Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code.	5.1
MarkDown.HTML	Queries html for the markdown.	5.1
MarkDown.Release	Releases the mark down object.	5.1
Math.BitwiseAND	Perform bitwise AND operation.	4.1
Math.BitwiseNOT	Perform bitwise not operation.	4.1
Math.BitwiseOR	Perform bitwise or operation.	4.1
Math.BitwiseShiftLeft	Perform bitwise shift left.	4.1
Math.BitwiseShiftRight	Perform bitwise shift right.	4.1
Math.BitwiseXOR	Perform bitwise xor operation.	4.1
Math.DecToHex	Converts a number to a hexadecimal number.	2.5
Math.DecodeNumber	Decodes a number from it's binary representation.	6.4
Math.EncodeNumber	Encodes a number as binary data as hex text.	6.4
Math.HexToDec	Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number.	2.5
Math.InchToPixel	Converts a inch value to pixel.	3.4
Math.InsidePolygon	Checks if one point is inside a polygon.	2.2
Math.IsValidCC	Verifies a credit card number.	3.1
Math.MillimeterToPixel	Converts a millimeter value to pixel.	3.4
Math.NumberToText	Converts a number value to a text string.	2.9
Math.PixelToInch	Converts a pixel value to inch.	3.4
Math.PixelToMillimeter	Converts a pixel value to millimeter.	3.4
Math.TextToNumber	Converts a text to a number.	2.9
MatrixDongle.Count	Returns the number of dongles available at the specified LPT or USB interface.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Find	Searches for the dongle and returns the LPT/USB interface at which it was found.	5.2
MatrixDongle.GetDriverFlag	Reads the current USB operating mode of the dongle “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”.	5.2
MatrixDongle.GetVersionAPI	Returns the version number of the Matrix API.	5.2
MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV	Returns the version number of the LPT driver.	5.2
MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV.USB	Returns the version number of the Matrix USB driver.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Initialize	Initializes the matrix dongle API.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Initialized	Checks if matrix dongle was initialized.	5.2
MatrixDongle.MemorySize	Returns the memory size of the dongle in Bytes.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Model	Reads the model number of the hardware from the dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.ReadHex	Reads the data from the Matrix-Dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.ReadSerialNumber	Reads the unique serial number which is assigned to each Matrix-dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.ReadText	Reads data as text from the Matrix-Dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Release	Closes the Matrix dongle API and frees all memory used.	5.2
MatrixDongle.SetDriverFlag	Sets the dongle to the desired USB operating mode “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”.	5.2
MatrixDongle.Version	Reads the version number of the dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.WriteHex	Writes hex encoded text to the dongle.	5.2
MatrixDongle.WriteText	Writes text to the dongle.	5.2
MediaLibraryBrowser.getMediaLibraries	Queries which media libraries are currently showing.	3.5
MediaLibraryBrowser.getVisible	Queries visible state of the browser panel.	3.5
MediaLibraryBrowser.setFrame	Sets the panel rectangle.	3.5
MediaLibraryBrowser.setMediaLibraries	Sets which media type is shown in browser.	3.5
MediaLibraryBrowser.setVisible	Sets visible state of the panel.	3.5
MediaLibraryBrowser.togglePanel	Toggles the panel.	3.5
Menu.AddItem	Adds a menu item to the end of the menu.	4.1
Menu.AddItems	Adds a couple of menu items.	4.1
Menu.CreateMenu	Creates a menu.	4.1
Menu.DefineQuickMenu	Builds a new menu from a definition text with menu items.	5.1
Menu.DefineQuickMenuXML	Defines a menu based on a xml description.	5.2
Menu.FindItemWithTag	Finds a menu entry with given tag in a menu.	5.1
Menu.FindItemWithTitle	Finds a menu entry with given title in a menu.	5.1
Menu.GetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns	Returns whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items.	4.1
Menu.GetEvaluate	Queries expression to be run when menu is chosen.	6.1
Menu.GetMinimumWidth	Returns the minimum width of the menu.	4.1
Menu.GetScriptFileName	Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected.	4.1
Menu.GetScriptName	Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected.	4.1
Menu.GetShowsStateColumn	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver displays the state column.	4.1
Menu.GetTag	Queries the tag value of the menu.	4.1
Menu.GetTitle	Queries the menu title.	4.1
Menu.GetURL	Queries URL to be triggered for menu action.	6.5
Menu.InsertItem	Inserts a menu item into the receiver at a specific location.	4.1
Menu.ItemAtIndex	Queries the ID of the menu item with given index.	5.0
Menu.Items	Queries the list of IDs for the menu items.	5.0
Menu.NumberOfItems	Returns the number of menu items in the menu, including separator items.	4.1
Menu.PopUp	Pops up the menu at the specified location.	4.1
Menu.Release	Releases the menu.	4.1
Menu.ReleaseAll	Releases all menus and menuitems.	4.1
Menu.RemoveAllItems	Removes all the menu items in the receiver.	4.1
Menu.RemoveItem	Removes a menu item from the menu.	4.1
Menu.RemoveItemAtIndex	Removes the menu item at a specified location in the menu.	4.1
Menu.SelectedItem	Returns the reference number of the selected menu item.	4.1
Menu.SetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns	Sets whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items.	4.1
Menu.SetEvaluate	Sets expression to be run when menu is chosen.	6.1
Menu.SetMinimumWidth	Set the minimum width of the menu.	4.1
Menu.SetScriptAction	Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected.	4.1
Menu.SetShowsStateColumn	Sets whether the receiver displays the state column.	4.1
Menu.SetTag	Sets the tag of the menu.	4.1
Menu.SetTitle	Sets the menu title.	4.1
Menu.SetURL	Sets the URL to query when menu is used.	6.5
MenuItem.CreateMenuItem	Creates a new menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.CreateSeparator	Creates a new separator menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetAlternate	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is an alternate to the previous menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetAttributedTitle	Queries the title with styles.	4.1
MenuItem.GetBold	Queries if menu item should use bold font style.	5.1
MenuItem.GetEnabled	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is enabled.	4.1
MenuItem.GetEvaluate	Queries expression to be run when menuitem is chosen.	6.1
MenuItem.GetFontColor	Queries font color for menu item.	6.5
MenuItem.GetFontName	Queries font name to use.	5.1
MenuItem.GetFontSize	Queries font size to use for menu item.	5.1
MenuItem.GetGroupID	Queries the group id of the menu item.	5.2
MenuItem.GetHidden	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the menu item is hidden.	4.1
MenuItem.GetImage	Queries the image for this menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetItalic	Queries if menu item should use italic font style.	5.1
MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalent	Returns the menuitem's unmodified keyboard equivalent.	4.1
MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalentModifierMask	Returns the receiver's keyboard equivalent modifier mask.	4.1
MenuItem.GetMixedStateImage	Returns the image used to depict a mixed state.	4.1
MenuItem.GetOffStateImage	Returns the image used to depict the receiver's off state.	4.1
MenuItem.GetOnStateImage	Returns the image used to depict the receiver's on state.	4.1
MenuItem.GetParentItem	Returns the menu item whose submenu contains the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetParentMenu	Returns the menu containing the menu item.	4.3
MenuItem.GetPath	Queries path of a menu item in a menu hierarchy.	5.2
MenuItem.GetRequireCommand	Queries if this meantime only shows if command key is pressed.	5.1
MenuItem.GetRequireControl	Queries if this meantime only shows if control key is pressed.	5.1
MenuItem.GetRequireOption	Queries if this meantime only shows if option/alt key is pressed.	5.1
MenuItem.GetRequireShift	Queries if this meantime only shows if shift key is pressed.	5.1
MenuItem.GetScriptFileName	Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected.	4.1
MenuItem.GetScriptName	Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected.	4.1
MenuItem.GetSelectable	Queries whether menu item is selectable.	6.3
MenuItem.GetState	Returns the state of the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetStrikeOut	Queries strikeout setting for menu item.	6.5
MenuItem.GetSubMenu	Returns the submenu associated with the receiving menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetTag	Queries the tag value of the menu.	4.1
MenuItem.GetTitle	Queries title of menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetToolTip	Returns the help tag for a menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.GetURL	Queries URL to be triggered for menu item action.	6.5
MenuItem.GetUnderline	Queries if menu item should use underline font style.	5.1
MenuItem.GetUserKeyEquivalent	Returns the user-assigned key equivalent for the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.HasSubmenu	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver has a submenu.	4.1
MenuItem.IsSeparatorItem	Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is a separator item.	4.1
MenuItem.Release	Releases the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetAlternate	Marks the receiver as an alternate to the previous menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetAttributedTitle	Applies a formatted text to the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetBold	Sets menu item to use bold font style.	5.1
MenuItem.SetEnabled	Sets whether the menu item is enabled.	4.1
MenuItem.SetEvaluate	Sets expression to be run when menuitem is chosen.	6.1
MenuItem.SetFontColor	Sets the font color to use.	6.5
MenuItem.SetFontName	Sets the font name to use.	5.1
MenuItem.SetFontSize	Sets the font size to use.	5.1
MenuItem.SetGroupID	Sets the group id of the menu item.	5.2
MenuItem.SetHidden	Sets whether the menu item is hidden.	4.1
MenuItem.SetImage	Sets the menu item image.	4.1
MenuItem.SetItalic	Sets menu item to use italic font style.	5.1
MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalent	Sets the receiver's unmodified key equivalent.	4.1
MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalentModifierMask	Sets the menu items's keyboard equivalent modifiers.	4.1
MenuItem.SetMixedStateImage	Sets the image of the receiver that indicates a "mixed” state, that is, a state neither "on” nor "off.”	4.1
MenuItem.SetOffStateImage	Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "off” state.	4.1
MenuItem.SetOnStateImage	Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "on” state.	4.1
MenuItem.SetRequireCommand	Set to show menu item only if command key is pressed down.	5.1
MenuItem.SetRequireControl	Set to show menu item only if control key is pressed down.	5.1
MenuItem.SetRequireOption	Set to show menu item only if alt/option key is pressed down.	5.1
MenuItem.SetRequireShift	Set to show menu item only if shift key is pressed down.	5.1
MenuItem.SetScriptAction	Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected.	4.1
MenuItem.SetSelectable	Sets whether menu item is selectable.	6.3
MenuItem.SetState	Sets the state of the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetStrikeOut	Sets the strikeout value of the menu item.	6.5
MenuItem.SetSubMenu	Sets the submenu of the menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetTag	Sets the tag of the menu.	4.1
MenuItem.SetTitle	Sets the menuitem's title.	4.1
MenuItem.SetToolTip	Sets a help tag for a menu item.	4.1
MenuItem.SetURL	Sets the URL to query when menuitem is used.	6.5
MenuItem.SetUnderline	Sets menu item to use underline font style.	5.1
Menubar.HasMenuCommand	Checks whether menu command exists.	5.0
Menubar.IsMenuCommandChecked	Checks if a menubar item is checked.	6.3
Menubar.ListMenuCommands	Lists all menu commands.	5.0
Menubar.RemoveMenuCommand	Removes a menu entry.	6.2
Menubar.RunMenuCommand	Runs a menu command.	5.0
Menubar.SetMenuCommandShortcut	Sets the menu item shortcut.	5.0
Menubar.SetMenuCommandTitle	Sets the title of a menu item.	6.1
Menubar.SetMenuCommandVisible	Show or hide a menu command.	5.0
Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC	Calculates the RTU Message CRC string.	3.1
MountNotification.Install	Installs a script trigger to be called when a disk mounts/unmounts.	5.0
MountNotification.Uninstall	Uninstalls notification for mount script trigger.	5.0
MouseCursor.Set	Sets the mouse cursor.	2.6
MovieView.AreStepButtonsVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.AreZoomButtonsVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.CurrentFrameImage	Returns an image for the frame at the current time in the movie.	3.0
MovieView.CurrentTime	Queries position of the movie.	4.0
MovieView.Duration	Queries duration of the movie.	4.0
MovieView.GotoBeginning	Sets the current movie time to the beginning of the movie.	3.0
MovieView.GotoEnd	Sets the current movie time to the end of the movie.	3.0
MovieView.GotoPosterFrame	Sets the current movie time to the movie poster frame.	3.0
MovieView.IsBackButtonVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.IsControllerVisible	Returns an indication of whether the QTMovieView has been requested to display a built-in movie controller user interface.	3.0
MovieView.IsCustomButtonVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.IsHotSpotButtonVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.IsTranslateButtonVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.IsVolumeButtonVisible	Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button.	3.0
MovieView.Movie	Returns the movie assigned to this movie view.	4.0
MovieView.Pause	Pauses the movie playing.	3.0
MovieView.PauseDelayed	Pauses a video later.	5.0
MovieView.Play	Starts the movie playing at its current location.	3.0
MovieView.SetBackButtonVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetControllerVisible	Sets the visibility state of the movie controller bar in a QTMovieView.	3.0
MovieView.SetCurrentTime	Sets position of the movie.	5.0
MovieView.SetCustomButtonVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetHotSpotButtonVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetStepButtonsVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetTranslateButtonVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetVolumeButtonVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.SetZoomButtonsVisible	Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter.	3.0
MovieView.StepBackward	Steps the movie backward one frame.	3.0
MovieView.StepForward	Steps the movie forward one frame.	3.0
MovieView.Valid	Checks if the container is a movie view.	3.0
Msgbox	A simple method to show a dialog box with one text.	2.2
NSEventFilter.DisableEvents	Disable some events.	2.9
NSEventFilter.EnableAllEvents	Enables all events.	2.9
NSEventFilter.EnableEvents	Enable some events which had been disabled before.	2.9
NetworkInterfaces.Count	Queries number of network interfaces found.	4.3
NetworkInterfaces.Default	Queries default network interface.	5.2
NetworkInterfaces.Update	Queries current network interfaces.	4.3
NetworkInterfaces.Value	Queries the	4.3
Notification.List	Returns list of all notification names registered.	3.3
Notification.Listen	Starts listening for a notification.	2.6
Notification.Send	Sends a notification.	2.6
Notification.SendDirect	Sends a notification within FileMaker to all listener.	5.2
Notification.Unlisten	Unregisters a notification handler.	3.3
Notification.UnlistenAll	Stops listening to all notifications.	7.2
OCR.Cleanup	Shutdown the engine and free all memory.	2.9
OCR.Clear	Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload.	2.9
OCR.GetBoxText	The recognized text is returned as a char* which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training.	2.9
OCR.GetHOCRText	Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures.	2.9
OCR.GetPageSegMode	Queries page segmentation mode.	2.9
OCR.GetText	Returns recognized text.	2.9
OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates	Queries text with coordinates.	6.5
OCR.Initialize	Initializes tesseract.	2.9
OCR.IsInitialized	Checks if OCR library has been initialized.	4.2
OCR.Language	Return the language used in the last valid initialization.	2.9
OCR.MeanTextConf	Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100.	2.9
OCR.Recognize	Recognize the image.	2.9
OCR.SetImage	Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize.	2.9
OCR.SetPageSegMode	Sets page segmentation mode.	2.9
OCR.SetRectangle	Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image.	2.9
OCR.SetResolution	Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch.	5.1
OCR.WriteToPDF	Writes text on the PDF.	3.1
PDFKit.AddEmptyPage	Adds an empty page to the given PDF document.	5.0
PDFKit.AddImageFilePage	Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file.	7.2
PDFKit.AddImagePage	Adds a new page to PDF document with given image.	5.0
PDFKit.AppendPages	Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF.	3.1
PDFKit.Combine	Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references.	2.3
PDFKit.CombineRef	Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference.	2.3
PDFKit.GetCurrentFilter	Queries name of current selected filter.	4.3
PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors	Returns status of Combine Error handling.	2.4
PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute	Queries a PDF attribute.	2.3
PDFKit.GetPDFDocument	Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document.	2.2
PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount	Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document.	2.1
PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation	Gets whether annotations are drawn.	6.0
PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText	Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document.	2.7
PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage	Renders an image of a page in a PDF document.	2.1
PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF	Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page.	2.2
PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef	Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page.	2.3
PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation	Returns the page rotation angle in degrees.	2.9
PDFKit.GetPDFPageText	Queries the text of a page in a PDF document.	2.1
PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue	Queries a page property.	5.0
PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF	Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages.	2.2
PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef	Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages.	2.3
PDFKit.GetPDFText	Queries the text of the PDF document.	2.1
PDFKit.GetPrintSetting	Queries print settings for printing PDF.	4.0
PDFKit.NewPDFDocument	Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value.	5.0
PDFKit.Open	Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value.	2.2
PDFKit.OpenContainer	Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value.	2.3
PDFKit.OpenPath	Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value.	2.3
PDFKit.OpenURL	Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value.	2.3
PDFKit.PageBounds	Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box.	2.9
PDFKit.Print	Prints a PDF without dialogs.	4.0
PDFKit.Release	Releases a PDF reference.	2.1
PDFKit.ResetPrintSettings	Resets print settings to default settings.	4.0
PDFKit.RestorePrintSettings	Restores print settings.	4.0
PDFKit.SavePrintSettings	Saves current print settings.	4.0
PDFKit.SetCurrentFilter	Sets the current filter.	4.3
PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors	Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references.	2.4
PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute	Sets a PDF attribute.	2.3
PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation	Sets whether annotations are drawn.	6.0
PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation	Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees.	2.9
PDFKit.SetPrintSetting	Sets print settings for printing PDF.	4.0
PDFKit.Watermark	Adds a watermark to a page.	2.7
PDFKit.WriteToPath	Writes the PDF to the given file path.	3.1
PDFKit.allowsCopying	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard.	2.9
PDFKit.allowsPrinting	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing.	2.9
PDFKit.isEncrypted	Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted.	2.9
PDFKit.isLocked	Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked.	2.9
PHP.Execute	Executes the specified php code and returns the text output.	2.9
PHP.ExistsVariable	Checks if a variable exists.	2.9
PHP.GetResultContainer	Returns the result of the last php script to run as container.	6.4
PHP.GetResultString	Returns the result of the last php script to run.	2.9
PHP.GetVariable	Returns the value of the variable.	2.9
PHP.Init	Initializes PHP.	2.9
PHP.IsInitialized	Queries whether PHP was initialized.	7.3
PHP.Load	This function is used to indicate where PHP is installed on the computer.	2.9
PHP.Run	Executes the specified php code.	2.9
PHP.SetVariable	Declares the variables in inside of PHP.	2.9
PHP.ShutDown	Stops php.	2.9
PKCS12.CA	Queries certificate with given index.	7.0
PKCS12.CACount	Queries number of other certificates.	7.0
PKCS12.Cert	Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file.	7.0
PKCS12.PKey	Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file.	7.0
PKCS12.ReadFromContainer	Not yet documented	7.0
PKCS12.ReadFromFile	Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file.	7.0
PKCS12.Release	Releases the PKCS12 from memory.	7.0
PKey.Bits	Queries number of bits of key.	7.0
PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey	Describes the private key.	7.0
PKey.DescriptionPublicKey	Describes the public key.	7.0
PKey.GetPrivateKey	Queries private key as PEM file text.	7.0
PKey.GetPublicKey	Queries public key as PEM file text.	7.0
PKey.Release	Releases the private key from memory.	7.0
PKey.Type	Queries the type of key.	7.0
Path.AddPathComponent	Adds a new path component.	6.0
Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath	Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path.	2.4
Path.FilePathToFileURL	Converts a file path to a local file URL.	5.0
Path.FileURLToFilePath	Converts a file URL to a local file path.	5.0
Path.LastPathComponent	Queries the last path component.	6.0
Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath	Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification.	2.4
Path.RemoveLastPathComponent	Removes last path component.	6.0
Platform	Returns what platform the plugin is running on.	3.0
Plugin.BuildNumber	Queries the build number of the plugin.	5.0
Plugin.DisableFunction	Disables a plugin function.	2.8
Plugin.FunctionCount	Queries number of functions available.	7.2
Plugin.Functions	Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin.	1.0
Plugin.GetSuccessReturn	Queries current OK return.	5.1
Plugin.LimitFunction	Limits a function.	5.4
Plugin.LockFunction	Locks a function with a password.	5.4
Plugin.Path	Queries the native file path to the plugin.	3.3
Plugin.ScriptStepParameter	Queries script step parameter with given index.	7.2
Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount	Queries number of parameters to the current script step.	7.2
Plugin.Seats	Queries the internal seats value.	1.6
Plugin.SetFunctions	Sets the function list the plugin has.	5.1
Plugin.SetPreviewSize	Sets which size plugin uses for preview images.	5.1
Plugin.SetSuccessReturn	Sets what the plugin returns on success.	5.1
Plugin.UnlockFunction	Unlocks a locked function.	5.4
Plugin.isDebug	Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin.	7.1
PortMidi.Abort	Terminates outgoing messages immediately.	4.2
PortMidi.CheckHostError	Checks if there is a midi host error on the stream.	4.2
PortMidi.Close	Closes a midi stream, flushing any pending buffers.	4.2
PortMidi.CurrentEvent	Queries current event.	7.1
PortMidi.DeviceCount	Queries number of devices found.	4.2
PortMidi.GetChannelMask	Queries current channel mask.	4.2
PortMidi.GetDefaultInputDeviceID	Return the default input device ID.	4.2
PortMidi.GetDefaultOutputDeviceID	Return the default output device ID.	4.2
PortMidi.GetDeviceID	Queries the ID of the device the stream is connected to.	7.0
PortMidi.GetDeviceInfo	Return device information.	4.2
PortMidi.GetDeviceName	Queries the name of the device the stream is connected to.	7.0
PortMidi.GetFilter	Queries current filter setting.	4.2
PortMidi.OpenInput	Opens an input device.	4.2
PortMidi.OpenOutput	Opens an output device.	4.2
PortMidi.Poll	Tests whether input is available.	4.2
PortMidi.ReadMessage	Reads one Midi message from the buffers.	4.2
PortMidi.Rescan	Terminates all streams and shutdown the midi functions.	4.2
PortMidi.SendMessage	Sends a midi message.	4.2
PortMidi.SendMessageRaw	Sends a raw message.	4.2
PortMidi.SendSysExHex	Writes a timestamped system-exclusive midi message.	4.2
PortMidi.SetChannelMask	Filters incoming messages based on channel.	4.2
PortMidi.SetFilter	Sets filters on an open input stream to drop selected input types.	4.2
PortMidi.TimeStamp	Queries current time stamp.	7.0
Preferences.ClearRecentFiles	Clears the recent files list.	6.5
Preferences.DeleteValue	Deletes a preference value.	6.0
Preferences.GetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop	Queries the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop.	2.8
Preferences.GetValue	Queries preferences value.	2.7
Preferences.HasValue	Checks if a preference value is defined.	6.0
Preferences.SetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop	Set the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop.	2.8
Preferences.SetValue	Sets preferences value.	2.7
PrintDialog.ClearOption	Clears an option.	6.2
PrintDialog.ClearOptions	Clears all options set.	6.2
PrintDialog.Disable	Disables the print dialog extension.	3.5
PrintDialog.Enable	Enables the print dialog extension.	3.5
PrintDialog.GetAllPages	Queries whether to print all pages.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetCopies	Queries number of copies.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetDestinationPath	Queries the destination path.	3.5
PrintDialog.GetDuplex	Queries the duplex mode.	4.1
PrintDialog.GetFirstPage	Queries first page.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetLastPage	Queries last page.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetLastSettings	Queries last settings from print dialog.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetNoDialog	Queries whether dialog shows.	3.5
PrintDialog.GetOption	Queries an option.	6.2
PrintDialog.GetPageNumberingOffset	Queries page numbering offset.	7.0
PrintDialog.GetPaperName	Queries printer name.	5.0
PrintDialog.GetPrintToPDF	Queries whether printing is going to PDF file.	3.5
PrintDialog.GetPrinterName	Queries printer name.	3.5
PrintDialog.GetReset	Query whether to reset print settings.	7.0
PrintDialog.GetResetDestination	Queries whether ResetDestination option is set.	6.5
PrintDialog.GetTray	Queries tray name.	6.1
PrintDialog.Install	Installs the extension for the printer dialog.	3.5
PrintDialog.SetAllPages	Set whether to print all pages.	6.2
PrintDialog.SetCopies	Sets number of copies.	6.2
PrintDialog.SetDestinationPath	Sets the destination path for PDF.	3.5
PrintDialog.SetDuplex	Sets duplex mode for next printing.	4.1
PrintDialog.SetFirstPage	Sets first page.	6.2
PrintDialog.SetLastPage	Sets last page.	6.2
PrintDialog.SetNoDialog	Sets whether dialog should show.	3.5
PrintDialog.SetOption	Sets an option.	6.2
PrintDialog.SetPageNumberingOffset	Sets page numbering offset to use.	7.0
PrintDialog.SetPaperName	Sets paper name.	5.0
PrintDialog.SetPrintToPDF	Sets whether plugin will redirect print to PDF.	3.5
PrintDialog.SetPrintType	Sets what FileMaker will print.	5.0
PrintDialog.SetPrinterName	Sets printer name.	3.5
PrintDialog.SetReset	Sets whether to reset print settings.	7.0
PrintDialog.SetResetDestination	Sets whether to fix destination.	6.5
PrintDialog.SetTray	Sets the tray name the plugin should select.	6.1
Printer.PrinterCount	Queries the number of printers.	3.0
Printer.PrinterInfo	Queries printer info.	6.5
Printer.PrinterName	Queries the name of the printer with given index.	3.0
Process.FrontProcessBundleID	Queries bundleID of the frontmost app.	4.2
Process.FrontProcessName	Queries name of the frontmost app.	4.2
Process.FrontWindowTitle	Queries name of the frontmost window.	4.2
Process.GetCurrentDirectory	Queries current directory.	6.5
Process.IsFrontMost	Checks if FileMaker is the frontmost application.	2.9
Process.IsRunning	Checks if a process is running.	4.0
Process.KeepFrontMost	Sets whether the plugin should keep FileMaker in front.	7.1
Process.LoadLibrary	Loads a given native library.	6.5
Process.SetCurrentDirectory	Sets the current directory.	6.5
Process.SetFrontMost	Moves FileMaker application to the front.	2.9
ProcessActivity.List	Lists all activities.	5.2
ProcessActivity.Options	Queries option flags.	5.2
ProcessActivity.Reason	Queries the reason text.	5.2
ProcessActivity.beginActivity	Begins an activity.	5.2
ProcessActivity.endActivity	Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity.	5.2
ProgressDialog.ClearImage	Clears image for the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetBottomText	Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption	Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetCancel	Queries the cancel state.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetPositionX	Queries the x position of the dialog.	2.6
ProgressDialog.GetPositionY	Queries the y position of the dialog.	2.6
ProgressDialog.GetProgress	Queries current progress value.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetShowButton	Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetTitle	Queries the current progress dialog title.	2.4
ProgressDialog.GetTopMost	Queries whether dialog is top most.	2.6
ProgressDialog.GetTopText	Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.Hide	Hides the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.Reset	Resets all options.	6.4
ProgressDialog.SetBottomText	Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption	Sets the cancel button text.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetCancel	Sets the cancel state.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetFont	Sets the label's text sizes.	2.9
ProgressDialog.SetImage	Sets the image. Please use container value as parameter.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetPosition	Set position of the dialog absolute.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetPositionCentered	Set position of the dialog centered.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetProgress	Sets the current progress value.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetShowButton	Sets whether to show the cancel button or not.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetTitle	Sets the progress dialog title.	2.4
ProgressDialog.SetTopMost	Sets whether dialog is top most.	2.6
ProgressDialog.SetTopText	Sets the top text in the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.Show	Shows the progress dialog.	2.4
ProgressDialog.Update	Redraws the progress dialog.	2.6
Progressdialog.GetEvaluate	Queries expression to evaluate.	7.1
Progressdialog.GetFileName	Queries file name.	7.1
Progressdialog.GetScriptName	Queries script name to run on button click.	7.1
Progressdialog.SetEvaluate	Sets the expression to evaluate on button click.	7.1
Progressdialog.SetScript	Sets the script to run when button is clicked.	7.1
QLPreviewPanel.AddFile	Adds file to the file list for preview.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.AddImage	Adds an image to the list of files to preview.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF	Adds a PDF to the preview items.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.Clear	Clears content of file list.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.GetHeight	Queries height of panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.GetLeft	Queries left position of panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.GetTop	Queries height of panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.GetWidth	Queries width of panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.Hide	Hides the panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible	Checks if panel is visible.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.Move	Moves the panel to the given position.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.Resize	Resizes the panel.	4.3
QLPreviewPanel.Show	Shows the panel.	4.3
QTExport.CloseMovie	Closes current movie.	6.1
QTExport.Duration	Queries duration of current movie.	6.1
QTExport.Export	Exports the movie file.	6.1
QTExport.GetHighResolution	Queries whether high resolution audio is enabled.	6.1
QTExport.GetMovieHeight	Queries the movie height you set.	6.1
QTExport.GetMovieWidth	Queries the movie width you set.	6.1
QTExport.GetSettings	Queries current settings as text.	6.1
QTExport.GetShowProgress	Queries whether to show progress dialog.	6.1
QTExport.GetSoundChannelCount	Queries the sound channel count to use.	6.1
QTExport.GetSoundSampleRate	Queries the sound sample rate to use.	6.1
QTExport.GetSoundSampleSize	Queries the sound sample size to use.	6.1
QTExport.ListExporters	Enumerates all available exporters.	6.1
QTExport.OpenExporter	Opens an exporter.	6.1
QTExport.OpenMovie	Opens a movie file for input.	6.1
QTExport.Release	Frees the exporter.	6.1
QTExport.SetHighResolution	Enables or disables high resolution audio.	6.1
QTExport.SetMovieHeight	Sets the movie height you want to have.	6.1
QTExport.SetMovieWidth	Sets the movie width you want to have.	6.1
QTExport.SetSettings	Restores saved settings.	6.1
QTExport.SetShowProgress	Sets whether to show progress.	6.1
QTExport.SetSoundChannelCount	Sets the number of channels to export.	6.1
QTExport.SetSoundSampleRate	Sets the sound sample rate.	6.1
QTExport.SetSoundSampleSize	Sets the sound sample size to use.	6.1
QTExport.SetupDialog	Shows a modal setup dialog.	6.1
QTExport.Validate	Validates the settings.	6.1
QTMovie.Autoplay	Sets a movie to start playing when a sufficient amount of media data is available.	4.0
QTMovie.CurrentFrameImage	Returns an Image for the frame at the current time in a Movie.	4.0
QTMovie.FormatTime	Formats a time value.	5.0
QTMovie.FrameImageAtTime	Returns an image for the frame at the time time in a Movie.	4.0
QTMovie.GetCurrentTime	Returns the current time of a QTMovie object as seconds.	4.0
QTMovie.GetDuration	Returns the duration of a movie in seconds.	4.0
QTMovie.GetMuted	Returns the movie's mute setting.	4.0
QTMovie.GetRate	Returns the current rate of a QTMovie object.	4.0
QTMovie.GetSelectionDuration	Returns the duration of the movie's current selection as a seconds.	4.0
QTMovie.GetSelectionEnd	Returns the end point of the movie's current selection as seconds.	4.0
QTMovie.GetSelectionStart	Returns the start time of the movie's current selection as seconds.	4.0
QTMovie.GetVolume	Returns the movie's volume as a scalar value of type float.	4.0
QTMovie.GotoBeginning	Repositions the play position to the beginning of the movie.	4.0
QTMovie.GotoEnd	Repositions the play position to the end of the movie.	4.0
QTMovie.GotoNextSelectionPoint	Repositions the movie to the next selection point.	4.0
QTMovie.GotoPosterTime	Repositions the play position to the movie's poster time.	4.0
QTMovie.GotoPreviousSelectionPoint	Repositions the movie to the previous selection point.	4.0
QTMovie.OpenContainer	Opens the movie from container.	4.0
QTMovie.OpenFile	Opens a movie file.	4.0
QTMovie.OpenURL	Opens the movie with the given URL.	4.0
QTMovie.ParseTime	Parses a time value.	5.0
QTMovie.Play	Plays the movie.	4.0
QTMovie.PosterImage	Returns an Image for the poster frame of a Movie.	4.0
QTMovie.Release	Releases the movie.	4.0
QTMovie.ReleaseAll	Releases all movies in memory.	7.1
QTMovie.SetCurrentTime	Sets the movie's current time setting to time.	4.0
QTMovie.SetMuted	Sets the movie's mute setting to mute.	4.0
QTMovie.SetRate	Sets the movie's rate to rate.	4.0
QTMovie.SetVolume	Sets the movie's volume to volume.	4.0
QTMovie.StepBackward	Sets the movie backward a single frame.	4.0
QTMovie.StepForward	Sets the movie forward a single frame.	4.0
QTMovie.Stop	Stops the movie playing.	4.0
QTMovie.StopDelayed	Pauses a video later.	5.0
QuartzFilterManager.Filters	Queries list of all filters.	4.3
QuartzFilterManager.HidePanel	Hides the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager.	4.3
QuartzFilterManager.ShowPanel	Shows the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager.	4.3
QuickList.AddList	Adds a list of values to a quick list.	5.0
QuickList.AddMultiValue	Adds a value or list to the list.	7.2
QuickList.AddPostfix	Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
QuickList.AddPrefix	Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
QuickList.AddQuickList	Adds the content of second list to first list.	5.0
QuickList.AddSQL	Adds values to a quick list via SQL.	5.1
QuickList.AddValue	Adds a value to the list.	4.4
QuickList.And	Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists.	4.4
QuickList.BestMatch	Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts.	5.0
QuickList.Clear	Clears the content of the list.	4.4
QuickList.Clone	Creates a clone of the list.	6.1
QuickList.Count	Queries the count of items in list.	4.4
QuickList.CrossProduct	Creates the cross product from two lists.	6.1
QuickList.Deserialize	Restores a serialized list.	5.2
QuickList.FindEquals	Finds equal items in both lists.	4.4
QuickList.FindUnequals	Finds unequal items in both lists.	4.4
QuickList.Free	Frees the list.	4.4
QuickList.GetList	Queries the list as text.	4.4
QuickList.GetValue	Queries a value in the list.	4.4
QuickList.HasValue	Checks whether a list contains a given value.	5.0
QuickList.InsertValue	Inserts a value to a list.	5.2
QuickList.List	Returns list of all quick list IDs.	5.3
QuickList.MatchesPostfix	Finds list entries which have a given postfix text.	5.4
QuickList.MatchesPrefix	Finds list entries which have a given prefix text.	5.4
QuickList.MatchesSubString	Finds list entries which contains a given text.	6.0
QuickList.New	Creates a new list.	4.4
QuickList.Not	Returns values of first list which are not in second list.	4.4
QuickList.Or	Returns values of both lists.	4.4
QuickList.Pop	Pops last value from the list.	5.2
QuickList.PopFirst	Pops the first value from a list.	5.2
QuickList.Push	Pushes a value to the end of the list.	5.2
QuickList.RegExMatch	Matches a list against a pattern.	4.4
QuickList.Remove	Removes the value with the given index.	5.0
QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems	Removes duplicate items in the list.	4.4
QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems	Removes empty items in the list.	4.4
QuickList.RemovePostfix	Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
QuickList.RemovePrefix	Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list.	6.1
QuickList.RemoveValue	Removes a value from a quick list.	5.0
QuickList.Reserve	Reserves memory for a list of given size.	4.4
QuickList.Reverse	Reverses the order of items in the list.	4.4
QuickList.Serialize	Serialized a list as a text.	5.2
QuickList.SetList	Sets the list to the content of the passed list.	4.4
QuickList.SetValue	Sets a value in the list.	4.4
QuickList.Sort	Sorts the list.	4.4
QuickList.SortWith	Sorts the list with together with other lists.	6.2
QuickList.ValueIndex	Finds the index for a given value.	5.4
QuickList.XOr	Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both.	4.4
RSA.GeneratePrivateKey	Creates a new private key.	6.2
RSA.GetPublicKey	Queries public key from private key.	6.2
RSA.PrivateDecrypt	Decrypts data using private key.	6.2
RSA.PrivateEncrypt	Encrypts data using private key.	6.2
RSA.PublicDecrypt	Decrypts data using public key.	6.2
RSA.PublicEncrypt	Encrypts data using public key.	6.2
RSA.Sign	Signs data with RSA digital signature.	6.2
RSA.Verify	Verifies RSA digital signature.	6.2
RegEx.CaptureCount	Queries number of captured sub patterns.	4.4
RegEx.Compile	Compiles a pattern.	4.4
RegEx.Execute	Executes a statement.	4.4
RegEx.FindMatches	Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list.	5.1
RegEx.Free	Frees memory for a regular expression.	4.4
RegEx.List	Returns list of all regex IDs.	5.3
RegEx.Match	Matches a text against to a pattern.	4.4
RegEx.MatchList	Matches a list against a pattern.	4.4
RegEx.MinimumLength	Queries the minimum length of the text to match.	4.4
RegEx.NameCount	Queries number of names.	4.4
RegEx.NamedSubstring	Queries the named substring.	4.4
RegEx.Options	Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern.	4.4
RegEx.Pattern	Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression.	4.4
RegEx.Results	Queries the result from execute.	4.4
RegEx.Size	Queries size of compiled pattern.	4.4
RegEx.StringNumber	Queries the index number of a name.	4.4
RegEx.Study	Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed.	4.4
RegEx.Substring	Queries a substring.	4.4
RegEx.SubstringList	Returns list of substrings.	4.4
RegEx.Version	Returns the version number of the PCRE library.	4.4
Register	This function is used to register the Plugin.	1.0
Registration	Returns a list of the currently registered components.	1.0
RemoteControl.ClickMouse	Moves the mouse cursor and performs a click.	2.8
RemoteControl.HideCursor	Hides the mouse cursor.	3.4
RemoteControl.MouseX	Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen.	2.8
RemoteControl.MouseY	Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen.	2.8
RemoteControl.MoveMouse	Moves the mouse cursor.	2.8
RemoteControl.PressCommandKey	Presses command key on Mac.	2.8
RemoteControl.PressControlKey	Presses control key.	2.8
RemoteControl.PressDialogButton	Presses a dialog button.	6.2
RemoteControl.PressDialogButton.Clear	Stops the dialog button press command.	6.2
RemoteControl.PressKey	Presses a key.	2.8
RemoteControl.PressKeyLater	Presses a key after delay.	6.2
RemoteControl.PressOptionKey	Presses option/alt key.	2.8
RemoteControl.PressShiftKey	Presses shift key.	2.8
RemoteControl.ShowCursor	Shows the mouse cursor.	3.4
RichText.Attribute	Queries an attribute value.	3.0
RichText.Clear	Clears current document.	3.5
RichText.FormattedText	Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file.	3.0
RichText.GeneratePDF	Generates a PDF from the current rich text document.	5.1
RichText.HTMLText	Converts the current rich text to html.	6.0
RichText.RTF	Returns current rich text as RTF data.	6.5
RichText.ReadContainer	Reads text file from container.	3.0
RichText.ReadFile	Reads a text file from a file.	3.0
RichText.ReadHTML	Loads a HTML page as rich text.	5.2
RichText.ReadRTF	Loads RTF text as rich text.	5.2
RichText.ReadText	Read rich text from text.	4.4
RichText.ReadURL	Reads a text file from an URL.	3.0
RichText.ReadWebviewer	Reads formatted text from webviewer content.	5.4
RichText.Release	Frees memory for current text file.	3.0
RichText.ReplaceText	Replaces text in current rich text document with new text.	4.4
RichText.ReplaceTexts	Replaces text in current rich text document with new text.	6.4
RichText.SetAttribute	Sets metadata.	3.5
RichText.SetFormattedText	Sets new text for saving a document.	3.5
RichText.SetText	Sets new text for saving a document.	3.5
RichText.Text	Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file.	3.0
RichText.TextLength	Returns the length of the text in characters.	3.0
RichText.WriteContainer	Writes current rich text to a container.	4.4
RichText.WriteDOC	Writes a Word file.	3.5
RichText.WriteFile	Writes current rich text to a file.	4.4
RichText.WritePDF	Write the current rich text document to a PDF file.	5.1
RichText.WriteRTF	Writes a RTF file.	3.5
RunTask.AddArgument	Adds the argument that should be used to launch the executable to the arguments list.	4.1
RunTask.GetArgument	Queries the argument with given index.	3.1
RunTask.GetArgumentCount	Returns the number of arguments.	3.1
RunTask.GetCurrentDirectoryPath	Returns the task's current directory.	3.1
RunTask.GetLaunchPath	Returns the path of the executable.	3.1
RunTask.IsRunning	Returns whether the receiver is still running.	3.1
RunTask.Launch	Launches the task represented by the receiver.	3.1
RunTask.NewTask	Creates a new task.	3.1
RunTask.ProcessIdentifier	Returns the receiver's process identifier.	3.1
RunTask.ReadErrorText	Reads what is in the buffer for the error stream.	4.1
RunTask.ReadOutputText	Reads what is in the buffer for the output stream.	4.1
RunTask.SetArguments	Sets the command arguments that should be used to launch the executable.	3.1
RunTask.SetCurrentDirectoryPath	Sets the current directory for the receiver.	3.1
RunTask.SetLaunchPath	Sets the path to be launched.	3.1
RunTask.Terminate	Sends a terminate signal to the receiver and all of its subtasks.	3.1
RunTask.TerminationReason	Returns the reason the task was terminated.	3.1
RunTask.TerminationStatus	Returns the exit status returned by the receiver's executable.	3.1
RunTask.Wait	Waits for current task to terminate.	6.4
RunTask.WriteInputText	Writes text to the input buffer for the app.	4.1
SNMP.Get	Performs a SNMP GET query.	3.1
SNMP.SetRetries	Sets number of retries for the SNMP query.	3.1
SNMP.SetTimeout	Sets timeout for the SNMP query.	3.1
SQL.Cancel	Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution.	2.6
SQL.ClientVersion	Gets the DBMS client API version number.	2.6
SQL.Close	Closes the specified command object.	2.6
SQL.CommandText	Gets the command text associated with the command object.	2.6
SQL.CommandType	Gets the command type currently associated with the command object.	2.6
SQL.Commit	Saves any changes and ends the current transaction.	2.6
SQL.Connect	Opens the connection to a data source.	2.6
SQL.Disconnect	Disconnects the connection from the database.	2.6
SQL.Execute	Executes the current command.	2.6
SQL.FetchFirst	Fetches the first row from a result set.	2.6
SQL.FetchLast	Fetches the last row from a result set.	2.6
SQL.FetchNext	Fetches next row from a result set.	2.6
SQL.FetchPos	Fetches a row from a result set.	5.1
SQL.FetchPrior	Fetches previous row from a result set.	2.6
SQL.FieldCount	Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set.	2.6
SQL.FreeAllConnections	Frees all SQL connections and commands.	6.3
SQL.FreeCommand	Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it.	2.6
SQL.FreeConnection	Call this method if you are done with a connection.	2.6
SQL.GetAutoCommit	Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection.	2.6
SQL.GetCommandOption	Gets a string value of a specific command option.	2.6
SQL.GetCommandTag	Queries tag for command.	6.4
SQL.GetConnectionOption	Gets a string value of a specific connection option.	2.6
SQL.GetConnectionTag	Queries tag for connection.	6.4
SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean	Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsContainer	Queries field value as container.	6.2
SQL.GetFieldAsDate	Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime	Returns field's value as datetime value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsFloat	Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG	Returns field's value as JPEG value.	3.0
SQL.GetFieldAsNumber	Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsPDF	Returns field's value as PDF value.	4.3
SQL.GetFieldAsPNG	Returns field's value as PNG value.	3.0
SQL.GetFieldAsText	Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldAsTime	Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldDataType	Returns field data type.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldIsNull	Wether the field value is NULL.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldName	Returns name of the field.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldNameList	Queries list of field names.	5.1
SQL.GetFieldOption	Gets a string value of a specific field option.	2.6
SQL.GetFieldValue	Returns field's value.	5.1
SQL.GetFieldValueList	Queries list of field values.	5.1
SQL.GetIsolationLevel	Gets the transaction isolation level.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsBoolean	Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsContainer	Queries parameter value as container.	6.2
SQL.GetParamAsDate	Returns param's value as date; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsDateTime	Returns param's value as datetime value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsFloat	Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsJPEG	Returns parameters's value as JPEG value.	3.0
SQL.GetParamAsNumber	Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsPDF	Returns parameters's value as PDF value.	4.3
SQL.GetParamAsPNG	Returns parameters's value as PNG value.	3.0
SQL.GetParamAsText	Returns param's value as text; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamAsTime	Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed.	2.6
SQL.GetParamDataType	Returns parameter data type.	2.6
SQL.GetParamIsDefault	Checks whether parameter is default value.	2.6
SQL.GetParamIsNull	Wether the parameter value is NULL.	2.6
SQL.GetParamName	Returns the name of the parameter.	2.6
SQL.GetParamNameList	Queries list of parameter names.	5.1
SQL.GetParamValue	Returns param's value.	5.1
SQL.GetParamValueList	Queries list of parameter values.	5.1
SQL.GetRecordsAsText	Queries all records as text.	5.3
SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords	Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset.	7.3
SQL.InsertRecords	Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset.	5.2
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate	Activates the internal SQLite library.	5.3
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated	Checks if internal SQLite library is used.	5.3
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate	Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library.	5.3
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID	Returns the source code ID.	5.3
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version	Returns the SQLite version number.	5.3
SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber	Returns the SQLite version number.	5.3
SQL.ListCommands	Returns a list of all SQL Commands.	6.4
SQL.ListConnections	Returns a list of all SQL Connections.	6.4
SQL.MySQL.InsertID	For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID.	2.9
SQL.NewCommand	Creates a new command.	2.6
SQL.NewConnection	Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference.	2.6
SQL.Open	Opens the specified command object.	2.6
SQL.ParamCount	Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object.	2.6
SQL.Prepare	Validates and prepares the current command for execution.	2.6
SQL.ResetCommand	Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications)	2.6
SQL.ResetConnection	Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them.	2.6
SQL.Rollback	Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction.	2.6
SQL.RowsAffected	Returns the number of rows affected by the last insert/update/delete command execution.	2.6
SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension	Enables extensions on SQLite 3.	4.4
SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID	For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used.	2.9
SQL.SQLite3.ReKey	You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function.	5.3
SQL.SQLite3.SetKey	Sets the encryption key to use.	5.3
SQL.ServerVersion	The long number of the currently connected server version.	2.6
SQL.ServerVersionString	Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string.	2.6
SQL.SetAutoCommit	Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command.	2.6
SQL.SetClient	Assigns an DBMS client for the connection.	2.6
SQL.SetCommandOption	Sets a string value of a specific command option.	2.6
SQL.SetCommandTag	Sets the tag for the command.	6.4
SQL.SetCommandText	Sets the command text.	2.6
SQL.SetConnectionOption	Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option.	2.6
SQL.SetConnectionTag	Sets the tag for the connection.	6.4
SQL.SetFieldOption	Sets a string value of a specific field option.	2.6
SQL.SetIsolationLevel	Sets the transaction isolation level.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsBoolean	Sets parameter's value as bool data.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsContainer	Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container.	3.0
SQL.SetParamAsDate	Sets parameter's value as Date data.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsDateTime	Sets parameter's value as DateTime data.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsFloat	Sets parameter's value as floating point number.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsNumber	Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsText	Sets parameter's value as character string data.	2.6
SQL.SetParamAsTime	Sets parameter's value as Time data.	2.6
SQL.SetParamDataType	Sets parameter's data type.	2.6
SQL.SetParamDefault	Sets the default value for this parameter.	2.6
SQL.SetParamNull	Sets parameter's value as null.	2.6
SQL.SetParamTypesValues	Sets all parameters for a query in one call.	5.1
SQL.SetParamUnknown	Sets parameter's type as unknown.	2.6
SQL.SetParamValue	Sets parameter's value.	5.1
SQL.SetParamValues	Sets all parameters for a query in one call.	5.1
SQL.isAlive	Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object.	2.6
SQL.isConnected	Returns the connection state for a particular connection object.	2.6
SQL.isExecuted	Whether command was executed.	2.6
SQL.isOpened	Tests whether the specified command object is opened.	2.6
SQL.isResultSet	Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution.	2.6
SSH.CloseChannel	Closes the channel.	6.3
SSH.Connect	Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port.	6.3
SSH.Disconnect	Disconnects the session.	6.3
SSH.EOF	Check a channel's EOF status.	6.3
SSH.Execute	Executes something on the server.	6.3
SSH.Flush	Flush streams for this channel.	6.3
SSH.FreeChannel	Frees the SSH channel.	6.3
SSH.GetExitState	Get the remote exit code.	6.3
SSH.GetIP	Queries IP or domain used to connect.	6.3
SSH.GetPort	Queries port used to connect.	6.3
SSH.GetTag	Queries tag value.	6.3
SSH.GetTimeout	Queries timeout.	6.3
SSH.GetUserName	The user name we got authenticated for.	6.3
SSH.HostKey	Returns the hex encoded host key.	6.3
SSH.HostKeyHash	Returns the hex encoded host key hash.	6.3
SSH.IsAuthenticated	Queries the authentication state.	6.3
SSH.New	Creates a new SSH session.	6.3
SSH.OpenSession	Opens a SSH channel.	6.3
SSH.ReadHex	Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded.	6.3
SSH.ReadText	Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text.	6.3
SSH.Release	Frees the memory for the ssh session.	6.3
SSH.RequestPTY	Request a PTY on an established channel.	6.3
SSH.SendEOF	Send EOF to remote server.	6.3
SSH.SessionHandshake	Perform the SSH handshake.	6.3
SSH.SetEnv	Set an environment variable on the channel.	6.3
SSH.SetTag	Sets the tag value.	6.3
SSH.SetTimeout	Sets timeout.	6.3
SSH.Shell	Request a shell on a channel.	6.3
SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive	Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication.	6.3
SSH.UserAuthList	List supported authentication methods.	6.3
SSH.UserAuthPassword	Authenticate a session with username and password.	6.3
SSH.UserAuthPublicKey	Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory.	6.3
SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile	Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file.	6.3
SSH.WaitClosed	Wait for the remote to close the channel.	6.3
SSH.WaitEOF	Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request.	6.3
SSH.WaitSocket	Waits on the socket for sending or receiving.	6.3
SSH.WriteHex	Writes text to the channel.	6.3
SSH.WriteText	Writes text to the channel.	6.3
Schedule.Check	Checks if something needs to be run.	5.2
Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult	Clears result of last evaluate.	5.2
Schedule.ClearSQLResult	Clears result of last SQL query.	5.2
Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay	Evaluates an expression after a delay.	5.2
Schedule.EvaluateAtTime	Evaluates an expression at a given point in time.	5.2
Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp	Evaluates an expression at a given point in time.	5.2
Schedule.EvaluateOnIdle	Evaluates an expression after a given idle period.	5.2
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay	Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime	Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp	Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.ExecuteSQLOnIdle	Runs a SQL query after idle period.	5.2
Schedule.GetAutoRelease	Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution.	5.2
Schedule.GetEvaluate	Queries the expression to evaluate.	5.2
Schedule.GetEvaluateResult	Queries result of last evaluate.	5.2
Schedule.GetFileName	Returns the file name for the scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp	Queries the last time stamp the schedule run.	6.2
Schedule.GetRepeatDelay	Queries the delay between scheduled script calls.	5.2
Schedule.GetRunCount	Queries the number of schedule executions.	5.2
Schedule.GetSQL	Queries the scheduled SQL command.	5.2
Schedule.GetSQLResult	Queries result of last SQL query.	5.2
Schedule.GetScriptName	Returns the script name for the scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.GetScriptParameter	Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.GetTimeStamp	Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule.	5.2
Schedule.GetURL	Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs.	6.5
Schedule.List	Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands.	5.2
Schedule.Release	Releases schedule reference.	5.2
Schedule.ReleaseAll	Releases all scheduled.	6.4
Schedule.SetAutoRelease	Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution.	5.2
Schedule.SetEvaluate	Sets the expression to evaluate.	5.2
Schedule.SetFileName	Sets the file name for scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.SetRepeatDelay	Sets the repeat delay for the schedule.	5.2
Schedule.SetSQL	Sets the SQL for the schedule.	5.2
Schedule.SetScriptName	Sets the script name for scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.SetScriptParameter	Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start.	5.2
Schedule.SetTimeStamp	Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time.	5.2
Schedule.SetURL	Sets the URL to query when schedule runs.	6.5
Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay	Runs a script in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.StartScriptAtTime	Runs a script in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp	Runs a script in any open FileMaker file.	5.2
Schedule.StartScriptOnIdle	Runs a script after idle period.	5.2
Screen.Count	Queries the number of screens.	1.0
Screen.Height	Queries screen height.	1.0
Screen.Left	Queries screen position.	1.0
Screen.Top	Queries screen position.	1.0
Screen.Width	Queries screen width.	1.0
Screenshot	Takes a screenshot of the screen indicated by the "ScreenID" parameter.	1.0
ScreenshotRect	This function will take snapshot of the area of the screen described by the first four Parameters.	1.0
SendCommand	Connects to a TCP Socket on some computer in the network and sends a data packet with the given parameters.	2.0
SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer	Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field.	4.3
SendMail.AddAttachmentFile	Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path.	4.3
SendMail.AddAttachmentText	Adds an attachment to the email based on a text.	6.5
SendMail.AddBCC	Adds a blind copy recipient.	4.3
SendMail.AddCC	Adds a copy recipient.	4.3
SendMail.AddHeader	Adds an header to the email.	4.3
SendMail.AddRecipient	Adds a recipient.	4.3
SendMail.AddReplyTo	Adds a recipient for a reply.	4.3
SendMail.AddTo	Adds a recipient.	4.3
SendMail.AttachmentCount	Queries number of attachments.	6.5
SendMail.ClearAttachments	Clears all attachments from this email.	4.3
SendMail.ClearHeaders	Clears the headers for email.	6.1
SendMail.ClearRecipients	Clears all recipients.	4.3
SendMail.CreateEmail	Creates a new email.	4.3
SendMail.GetHTMLText	Queries the html text of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetInReplyTo	Queries the reply to address of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetMessageID	Queries the message ID of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetPlainText	Queries the plain text of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetRichText	Queries the rich text of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetSMTPPassword	Queries the smtp password of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetSMTPServer	Queries the smtp server of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetSMTPUserName	Queries the smtp username of this email.	7.1
SendMail.GetSource	Queries the source code for the email.	4.3
SendMail.GetSubject	Queries the subject of this email.	7.1
SendMail.PrepareCURL	Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer.	4.3
SendMail.Release	Releases all memory used by this email.	4.3
SendMail.SetFrom	Sets the email from address.	4.3
SendMail.SetHTMLText	Sets the HTML text of the new email.	4.3
SendMail.SetInReplyTo	Sets the in reply to message ID.	4.3
SendMail.SetMessageID	Sets the message ID.	4.4
SendMail.SetPlainText	Sets the plain text of the new email.	4.3
SendMail.SetRichText	Sets the enriched text of the new email.	4.3
SendMail.SetSMTPPassword	Sets the password for SMTP server authentication.	4.3
SendMail.SetSMTPServer	Sets which SMTP server to use.	4.3
SendMail.SetSMTPUserName	Sets the username for SMTP server authentication.	4.3
SendMail.SetSubject	Sets the subject line.	4.3
SerialPort.AvailableBytes	Queries number of bytes available in buffer.	4.4
SerialPort.ClearDataAvailableHandler	Clears the data available handler.	5.1
SerialPort.Close	Closes serial port.	3.0
SerialPort.CloseAll	Closes all serial ports.	5.4
SerialPort.GetBaudRate	Queries the baud rate.	3.1
SerialPort.GetCTS	Queries current CTS mode.	3.4
SerialPort.GetDSR	Queries whether DSR mode is used.	3.4
SerialPort.GetDTR	Queries whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used.	3.4
SerialPort.GetDataBits	Queries the data bit size.	3.1
SerialPort.GetParity	Queries parity setting.	5.0
SerialPort.GetRTS	Queries whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control.	3.4
SerialPort.GetStopBits	Queries number of stop bits.	5.0
SerialPort.GetXON	Queries if XON/XOFF flow control is used.	3.4
SerialPort.HasLine	Checks if a line is available.	7.0
SerialPort.LastError	Returns the system error from last serial port function call.	3.3
SerialPort.List	Returns list of names of serial ports.	3.0
SerialPort.Open	Opens a serial port.	3.0
SerialPort.Read	Reads bytes from serial port and returns them as text.	3.0
SerialPort.ReadByte	Reads a single byte to the serial port.	3.0
SerialPort.ReadHex	Reads bytes from serial port and returns them hex encoded.	3.0
SerialPort.ReadLine	Reads a line of text from serial port.	7.0
SerialPort.SetBaudRate	Sets the baud rate.	3.1
SerialPort.SetCTS	Sets CTS mode.	3.4
SerialPort.SetDSR	Sets whether DSR mode is used.	3.4
SerialPort.SetDTR	Sets whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used.	3.4
SerialPort.SetDataAvailableEvaluate	Sets the data available expression for this serial port.	6.2
SerialPort.SetDataAvailableHandler	Sets the data available handler for this serial port.	5.1
SerialPort.SetDataBits	Sets data bit size.	3.1
SerialPort.SetParity	Sets parity setting.	5.0
SerialPort.SetRTS	Sets whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control.	3.4
SerialPort.SetStopBits	Sets number of stop bits.	5.0
SerialPort.SetXON	Sets the serial port to use XON/XOFF mode.	3.4
SerialPort.Write	Writes text to the serial port.	3.0
SerialPort.WriteByte	Writes a single byte to the serial port.	3.0
SerialPort.WriteHex	Writes text to the serial port.	3.0
ServerSocket.Check	Checks if any network socket has something to do.	3.2
ServerSocket.GetAllowedScripts	Queries list of allowed scripts.	3.4
ServerSocket.GetAllowedTypes	Queries the list of allowed types.	3.4
ServerSocket.SendQuery	Sends a query to a Serversocket on another FileMaker instance.	3.2
ServerSocket.SetAllowedScripts	Sets a list of allowed script names.	3.4
ServerSocket.SetAllowedTypes	Sets a list of allowed types.	3.4
ServerSocket.Start	Starts the server socket to answer queries from other applications.	3.2
ServerSocket.Stop	Stops the server socket.	3.2
ServiceProvider.Install	Installs a service provider handler.	4.4
ServiceProvider.Uninstall	Removes service provider.	4.4
ServiceProvider.Value	Queries a value from last service invocation.	4.4
SetSystemUIMode	Sets the system UI mode.	2.1
ShowURL	Shows an URL.	2.4
SmartCard.Available	Whether SmartCard API is available.	6.3
SmartCard.BeginTransaction	Starts a transaction.	6.3
SmartCard.Cancel	Terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context.	6.3
SmartCard.CancelTransaction	Cancels current transaction.	6.3
SmartCard.Connect	Connects to a smartcard.	6.3
SmartCard.Control	Direct control of the reader.	6.3
SmartCard.Disconnect	Disconnects card.	6.3
SmartCard.EndTransaction	Ends transaction.	6.3
SmartCard.GetActiveProtocol	Queries the active protocol.	6.3
SmartCard.GetAttribute	Retrieves the current reader attribute.	6.3
SmartCard.HeaderTemplate	Queries header template.	6.4
SmartCard.Init	Initializes a smartcard context.	6.3
SmartCard.ListReaderGroups	Queries list of reader groups.	6.3
SmartCard.ListReaders	Queries list of readers.	6.3
SmartCard.PerformSignature	Performs signature.	7.0
SmartCard.ReadCertificate	Reads certificate for smart cards.	7.0
SmartCard.Reconnect	Reconnects to smart card with different protocol.	6.3
SmartCard.Release	Releases context and all memory needed.	6.3
SmartCard.SetAttribute	Sets the given reader attribute.	6.3
SmartCard.Status	Queries current status of smart card in reader.	6.3
SmartCard.Transmit	Sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card.	6.3
SmartCard.TransmitReceiveHeader	Returns the receive header from last Transmit.	6.3
SmartCard.Valid	Determines whether a smart card context handle is valid.	6.3
Social.AccountProperty	Queries details of an account.	5.3
Social.Accounts	Queries an array of all the accounts in an account database.	5.3
Social.HasAccessForAccountType	Checks if we do have permissions for this type of service.	5.3
Social.RequestAccessForAccountType	Requests permissions to use accounts.	5.3
SocialRequest.AddParameter	Adds a parameter to the request.	5.3
SocialRequest.ClearMultipartData	Clears the multipart data for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.ClearParameter	Clears the parameter list for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetAccount	Queries the account identifier for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetMultiPartDataCount	Query number of multi part data in this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetParameterCount	Queries number of parameters for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetRequestMethod	Queries request method.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetResponse	Queries details on the response.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetServiceType	Queries the service type.	5.3
SocialRequest.GetURL	Queries the URL for the request.	5.3
SocialRequest.New	Creates a new social request.	5.3
SocialRequest.Perform	Performs the request.	5.3
SocialRequest.Release	Releases request.	5.3
SocialRequest.SetAccount	Sets the account to use for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.SetRequestMethod	Sets the request method for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.SetServiceType	Sets the service type to use.	5.3
SocialRequest.SetURL	Sets the request URL.	5.3
SocialRequest.addMultipartContainer	Adds multipart data for this request.	5.3
SocialRequest.addMultipartText	Adds multipart data for this request.	5.3
Socket.AcceptNewConnection	Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket.	3.1
Socket.AvailableBytes	Queries number of bytes in read buffer.	4.3
Socket.Check	Performs the socket event check.	5.1
Socket.CheckAll	Checks status of all sockets.	5.1
Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler	Clears the data available handler.	3.1
Socket.ClearErrorHandler	Clears the error handler.	3.1
Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler	Clears the new connection handler.	7.2
Socket.Close	Closes a socket.	3.1
Socket.CloseAll	Closes all open sockets.	4.3
Socket.Connect	Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port.	3.1
Socket.GetBroadcast	Queries whether broadcasts are allowed.	5.3
Socket.GetMulticastLoop	Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket.	5.3
Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive	Queries time to live for multicast data packets.	5.3
Socket.GetTimeToLive	Queries time to live for data packets.	5.3
Socket.LastError	Queries the last error code for the given socket.	4.3
Socket.LastMessageIP	Returns the IP from the last message received.	3.1
Socket.LastMessagePort	Returns the port from the last message received.	3.1
Socket.Listen	Binds the socket to the port and starts listening.	3.1
Socket.NewTCPSocket	Creates a new TCP Socket.	3.1
Socket.NewUDPSocket	Creates a new UDP Socket.	3.1
Socket.Peek	Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text.	3.1
Socket.PeekAll	Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text.	4.3
Socket.PeekAllHex	Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded.	4.3
Socket.PeekHex	Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded.	3.1
Socket.Read	Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text.	3.1
Socket.ReadAll	Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text.	4.3
Socket.ReadAllHex	Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded.	4.3
Socket.ReadHex	Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded.	3.1
Socket.ReadLine	Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text.	4.3
Socket.ReadLineHex	Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text.	4.3
Socket.ReadMLLP	Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text.	3.1
Socket.RemoteIP	Returns IP of the remote socket.	3.1
Socket.RemotePort	Returns port of the socket on the other side.	3.1
Socket.SSL.Accept	Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake.	3.5
Socket.SSL.Connect	Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server.	3.5
Socket.SSL.GetMethod	Queries the SSL method.	3.5
Socket.SSL.Initialize	Initializes a SSL connection.	3.5
Socket.SSL.Prepare	First step in SSL initialization.	3.5
Socket.SSL.SetMethod	Sets the SSL method for this socket.	3.5
Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile	Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket.	3.5
Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile	Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket.	3.5
Socket.SendMessage	Sends an UDP data message.	3.1
Socket.SendMessageHex	Sends an UDP data message.	3.1
Socket.SetBroadcast	Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed.	5.3
Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate	Sets the data available evaluation for this socket.	6.2
Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler	Sets the data available handler for this socket.	3.1
Socket.SetDataAvailableURL	Sets the URL to query when data is available.	6.5
Socket.SetErrorEvaluate	Sets the error expression for this socket.	6.2
Socket.SetErrorHandler	Sets the error handler for this socket.	3.1
Socket.SetErrorURL	Sets the URL to query when error happens.	6.5
Socket.SetMulticastLoop	Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket.	5.3
Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive	Sets time to live for multicast data packets.	5.3
Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate	Sets the new connection expression for this socket.	6.2
Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler	Sets the new connection handler for this socket.	3.1
Socket.SetNewConnectionURL	Sets the URL to query when new connection is received.	6.5
Socket.SetTimeToLive	Sets time to live for data packets.	5.3
Socket.Write	Writes text to the socket.	3.1
Socket.WriteByte	Writes a single byte to the socket.	3.1
Socket.WriteHex	Writes text to the socket.	3.1
Socket.WriteMLLP	Writes text to the socket.	3.1
StoreRegistration	Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.AddTag	Adds a new color tag for script step, variable, function or formula coloring.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Disable	Disables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enable	Enables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enabled	Queries if checking variable declarations are enabled or not.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Disable	Disables notifications sent by variable check.	7.1
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enable	Enables notifications sent by variable check.	7.1
SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enabled	Queries whether notifications are enabled.	7.1
SyntaxColoring.Clear	Clears all rules.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.GetEnabled	Queries whether contextual menu commands from plugin are enabled.	6.0
SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.SetEnabled	Enables contextual menu commands for tables.	6.0
SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.GetEnabled	Queries whether copy button for script editor is enabled.	5.2
SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.SetEnabled	Enables or disables copy script button.	5.2
SyntaxColoring.Disable	Disables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.Enable	Enables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.Enabled	Queries if syntax coloring is enabled or not.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.FactoryDefaults	Resets all rules to the default settings.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.Format	Applies formatting rules to the formula text and returns styled text.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.GetMinCalcFontSize	Queries configured minimum font size.	7.2
SyntaxColoring.GetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize	Queries preferred size for the search box in relation graph window.	6.3
SyntaxColoring.GetScriptHighlightColor	Queries the current highlight color.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.GetScriptIfColor	Queries the current script if block color.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.GetScriptLoopColor	Queries the current script loop block color.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.GetScriptSearchColor	Queries the current script search color.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.GetTag	Queries the color for a tag.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.GetTags	Query list of all tag names defined so far.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.GetUseBoldFont	Queries whether to use bold fonts.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Disable	Disables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enable	Enables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enabled	Queries if line numbers are enabled or not.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.GetColor	Queries the current color for line numbers.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.SetColor	Sets the new color to use for line numbers.	3.5
SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.GetEnabled	Queries whether relationship graph shows a search box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.SetEnabled	Enables or disables relation graph search box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.RemoveTag	Removes a color tag.	3.0
SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.GetEnabled	Queries whether script editor shows a goto box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.SetEnabled	Enables or disables script go to box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.GetEnabled	Queries enabled status for if/loop blocks highlighting.	6.5
SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.SetEnabled	Sets whether to highlight if/loop blocks in script editor.	6.5
SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetEnabled	Queries whether script editor shows a search box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetEnabled	Enables or disables script search box.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.SetMinCalcFontSize	Sets the minimum text size to apply for calculations.	7.2
SyntaxColoring.SetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize	Sets the preferred size for the relation graph.	6.3
SyntaxColoring.SetScriptHighlightColor	Sets the highlight color.	5.4
SyntaxColoring.SetScriptIfColor	Sets the highlight color for if block in a script.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.SetScriptLoopColor	Sets the highlight color for if block in a script.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.SetScriptSearchColor	Sets the search color.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.SetUseBoldFont	Sets whether to use bold fonts.	6.1
SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.GetEnabled	Queries whether zoom controls are enabled.	7.2
SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.SetEnabled	Sets enabled state for zoom controls.	7.2
System.Logout	Logout current user.	3.1
System.Restart	Restarts computer.	3.1
System.Shutdown	Shuts computer down.	3.1
System.Sleep	Asks computer to go to sleep (standby).	3.1
SystemInfo.AvailableRAM	Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes.	1.5
SystemInfo.CPUBrandString	Returns the CPU brand string.	2.8
SystemInfo.ComputerName	Returns the name of the computer.	1.5
SystemInfo.DomainName	Returns the domain name of the current computer.	2.8
SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime	Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds.	3.1
SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial	Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number.	2.8
SystemInfo.HostDNSName	Queries the domain name for the host name.	5.0
SystemInfo.HostName	Returns the hostname for this computer.	2.8
SystemInfo.IdleTime	Returns the global idle time in seconds.	3.3
SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows	Checks Windows on Windows status.	2.8
SystemInfo.IsAdminUser	Tries to check if user is admin user on the system.	5.2
SystemInfo.MACAddress	Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card.	2.8
SystemInfo.MacBugFixVersion	Returns the BugFix part of the Mac OS version number.	2.8
SystemInfo.MacHasHardwareAcceleratedCoreImage	Checks whether a Mac can use hardware accelerated Core Image/Quartz.	1.5
SystemInfo.MacMajorVersion	Returns the major Mac OS version number.	2.8
SystemInfo.MacMinorVersion	Returns the minor Mac OS version number.	2.8
SystemInfo.MacModel	Returns the Mac Model string.	1.5
SystemInfo.MacSerialNumber	Returns the Mac Serial number.	1.5
SystemInfo.MacUUID	Returns the system UUID on Mac OS X.	1.5
SystemInfo.MacVRAMSize	Returns the size of the VRAM in bytes on a Mac.	1.5
SystemInfo.OSName	Returns the name of the operating system.	1.5
SystemInfo.OSVersionString	Returns the Name of the operating system with version.	1.5
SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM	Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes.	1.5
SystemInfo.ProcessorCount	Returns the number of processors on the target system.	2.8
SystemInfo.SystemFont	Returns the system font.	1.5
SystemInfo.Time	Returns current system time stamp as double.	3.0
SystemInfo.UserName	Returns the user name.	1.5
SystemInfo.UserShortName	Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin'	1.5
SystemInfo.isElCapitan	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.10 Syrah or newer.	6.3
SystemInfo.isLeopard	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard or newer.	2.8
SystemInfo.isLion	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.7 Lion or newer.	2.8
SystemInfo.isMacOSX	Returns 1 if being called on Mac OS X.	2.8
SystemInfo.isMavericks	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.9 Lion or newer.	3.5
SystemInfo.isMountainLion	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.8 Mountain Lion or newer.	2.8
SystemInfo.isSierra	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.12 Syrah or newer.	6.3
SystemInfo.isSnowLeopard	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard or newer.	2.8
SystemInfo.isWindows10	Returns 1 if called on Windows 10.	5.2
SystemInfo.isWindows2000	Returns 1 if called on Windows 2000.	2.8
SystemInfo.isWindows7	Returns 1 if called on Windows 7.	2.8
SystemInfo.isWindows8	Returns 1 if called on Windows 8.	2.8
SystemInfo.isWindowsVista	Returns 1 if called on Windows Vista.	2.8
SystemInfo.isWindowsXP	Returns 1 if called on Windows XP.	2.8
SystemInfo.isYosemite	Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.11 Syrah or newer.	6.3
Text.AppendTextFile	You have to decide which encoding to use (if not native). We support a few encodings, but we can add more if you need something special.	2.8
Text.CapitalCase	Converts text to capital case letters.	5.1
Text.Character	Creates a character with given number.	5.2
Text.Characters	Returns the numbers of characters.	5.2
Text.Code	Queries the number of a character.	5.2
Text.ConvertEncoding	Encode a given text encoding.	4.2
Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition	Converts text by applying unicode character normalization.	5.2
Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition	Converts text by applying unicode character normalization.	5.2
Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64	Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values.	3.0
Text.DecodeFromBase64	Decode a base 64 string.	3.0
Text.DecodeFromBytes	Decode a byte string.	3.0
Text.DecodeFromHTML	Decodes html text.	2.4
Text.DecodeFromHex	Decode a hex string.	2.4
Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable	Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding.	4.3
Text.DecodeFromURL	Decode an URL string.	2.6
Text.DecodeFromXML	Decodes xml text.	4.3
Text.DecodeHexFromBase64	Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values.	3.0
Text.DecodeURLComponent	Decodes an URL component.	3.1
Text.Deserialize	Restores a styled text.	5.4
Text.EncodeBytesToBase64	Encodes string with byte values to base 64.	3.0
Text.EncodeEmailSubject	Encodes an email subject.	4.3
Text.EncodeHexToBase64	Encodes hex string to base 64.	3.0
Text.EncodeToBase64	Encode a base64 string.	3.0
Text.EncodeToBytes	Encode a byte string.	3.0
Text.EncodeToHTML	Encodes text as html.	2.4
Text.EncodeToHex	Encode a hex string.	2.4
Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable	Returns a string with quoted printable characters.	4.3
Text.EncodeToURL	Encode an URL string.	2.6
Text.EncodeToXML	Encodes text as xml.	4.3
Text.EncodeURLComponent	Encodes an URL component.	3.1
Text.FileExtensionToMimeType	Finds a mime type for a file extension.	5.4
Text.FindBetween	Searches text for text between the two search strings.	3.0
Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding	Checks the text to return all characters which are not preserved when converting text to given text encoding.	5.2
Text.JaroWinklerDistance	Calculates the string distance.	2.9
Text.Length	Query length of text.	7.2
Text.LevenshteinDistance	Calculates the string distance.	2.9
Text.LowerCase	Converts text to lower case letters.	5.1
Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension	Returns file extension for given mime type.	5.4
Text.ReadEMLXFile	Reads email text from emlx file.	5.3
Text.ReadTextFile	Reads a text file.	2.4
Text.ReadTextFromContainer	Reads content of container value as text.	4.4
Text.RedefineEncoding	Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding.	5.2
Text.RemoveAccents	Returns text without accents.	2.1
Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive	Returns text without accents.	2.1
Text.RemoveControlCharacters	Removes control characters.	5.1
Text.RemoveNewLine	Removes newline characters from string.	2.4
Text.RemovePostfix	Removes the postfix from text.	6.1
Text.RemovePrefix	Removes the prefix from text.	6.1
Text.ReplaceNewline	Replaces newline characters.	2.4
Text.Serialize	Serializes styled text as text.	5.4
Text.SoundEx	Returns soundex string for the given text.	2.1
Text.SoundExGerman	Returns soundex string for the given text.	3.5
Text.Speak	Speaks text.	6.3
Text.Speak.AvailableVoices	Query the list of available voices.	6.4
Text.TextToHTML	Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text.	4.3
Text.TextToRTF	Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text.	2.4
Text.UpperCase	Converts text to upper case letters.	5.1
Text.WriteTextFile	Writes a text file with the given text.	2.4
Text.WriteToContainer	Write a text as a FILE in a container.	4.4
Time.Format	Formats a date with C time formatting functions.	6.4
Time.Parse	Parses a date.	6.4
Time.Sleep	Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds.	4.1
Time.TimeStampToUTC	Converts timestamp to UTC.	6.1
Time.UnixTimeStamp	Returns the unix time stamp.	3.1
Toolbar.Install	Installs necessary functions to modify FileMaker's toolbar.	4.3
Toolbar.InstallBackground	Installs a background for the toolbar.	4.3
Toolbar.Register	Registers a new toolbar button.	4.3
Toolbar.SetImage	Overwrites image used for a toolbar item.	6.4
Toolbar.SetLabel	Overwrites label used for a toolbar item.	6.4
Toolbar.SetPaletteLabel	Overwrites palette label used for a toolbar item.	6.4
Toolbar.SetTooltip	Overwrites tooltip used for a toolbar item.	6.4
Toolbar.Unregister	Removes an item from the list of identifiers.	4.3
TouchBar.AddButton	Adds a simple button.	6.5
TouchBar.AssignToApp	Assigns the TouchBar to be the main one for current app.	6.5
TouchBar.AssignToWindow	Assigns the TouchBar to be the one used with the given window.	6.5
TouchBar.Available	Checks wether TouchBar is available.	6.5
TouchBar.Clear	Clears items in this TouchBar.	6.5
TouchBar.Create	Creates a new touch bar object.	6.5
TouchBar.GetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled	Queries whether customize menu is automatically enabled.	6.5
TouchBar.GetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers	Queries allowed items identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.GetCustomizationIdentifier	Queries the customization identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.GetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers	Queries the required identifiers.	6.5
TouchBar.GetDefaultItemIdentifiers	Queries the default identifiers.	6.5
TouchBar.GetItemIdentifiers	Queries the resolved array of item identifiers.	6.5
TouchBar.GetPrincipalItemIdentifier	Queries the principal item identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.Release	Releases the TouchBar.	6.5
TouchBar.SetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled	Sets whether customize menu is automatically enabled.	6.5
TouchBar.SetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers	Sets allowed items identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.SetCustomizationIdentifier	Sets the customization identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.SetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers	Sets the required identifiers.	6.5
TouchBar.SetDefaultItemIdentifiers	Sets the default identifiers.	6.5
TouchBar.SetPrincipalItemIdentifier	Sets the principal item identifier.	6.5
TouchBar.ToggleCustomizationPalette	Show or dismiss the customization palette for the currently displayed touch bars.	6.5
TouchBar.Visible	Queries visible state.	6.5
Trace	Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file.	2.4
Trace.AreErrorNotificationsEnabled	Checks whether error notifications are enabled.	5.0
Trace.DisableErrorNotifications	Disables error notifications.	5.0
Trace.EnableErrorNotifications	Enable error notifications.	5.0
Trace.ErrorsOnly	Limits logging to errors only.	3.5
Trace.Off	Disables tracing.	3.3
Twain.Acquire	Acquires a picture.	3.1
Twain.ClearCancelScript	Clears the cancel script.	3.3
Twain.ClearNotificationScript	Clears the notification script.	3.3
Twain.CloseDS	Closes data source.	3.1
Twain.CloseDSM	Closes data source manager.	3.1
Twain.CurrentDSIdentity	Queries current data source.	3.1
Twain.CurrentImage	Queries the current image from last query.	3.1
Twain.DisableDS	Disables the data source.	3.1
Twain.GetAutofeed	Queries whether plugin should auto feed (if feeder is enabled).	3.1
Twain.GetAutomaticBorderDetection	Queries whether plugin should enable automatic border detection.	3.3
Twain.GetAutomaticBrightness	Queries the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any).	3.5
Twain.GetAutomaticRotate	Queries whether plugin should enable automatic rotation.	3.3
Twain.GetBrightness	Queries the brightness setting to use.	3.5
Twain.GetCloseAfterTransfer	Whether to close window and data source after a transfer.	3.1
Twain.GetCompressionQuality	Queries the current quality setting.	3.1
Twain.GetContrast	Queries which contrast value to use.	3.5
Twain.GetDSIdentitiesCount	Queries number of data sources.	3.1
Twain.GetDSIdentity	Queries data source with given index.	3.1
Twain.GetDefaultIdentity	Queries default data source.	3.1
Twain.GetDiscardBlankPages	Queries whether plugin should enable feeder.	3.2
Twain.GetDuplexEnabled	Queries whether plugin should enable feeder.	3.2
Twain.GetFeededEnabled	Queries whether plugin should enable feeder.	3.1
Twain.GetFilePaths	Queries the list of file paths used to create files.	3.1
Twain.GetFileType	Queries the current file type.	3.1
Twain.GetFolderPath	Queries the folder path.	3.1
Twain.GetGamma	Queries the gamma correction value for the image data.	3.5
Twain.GetHighlight	Queries which value to use for highlight.	3.5
Twain.GetImageCount	Queries the number of images in memory.	3.1
Twain.GetOrientation	Queries current orientation.	3.1
Twain.GetPaper	Queries the paper to use.	5.1
Twain.GetPixelType	Queries current pixel type setting.	3.1
Twain.GetResolutionX	Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan.	3.1
Twain.GetResolutionY	Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan.	3.1
Twain.GetShadow	Queries which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow.	3.5
Twain.GetUIVisible	Queries internal state from plugin about whether a TWAIN dialog is visible currently.	3.3
Twain.ImageInfo	Queries image details for last scanned image.	3.1
Twain.Initialize	Initializes the Twain functions.	3.1
Twain.IsDSEnabled	Whether data source is enabled.	3.1
Twain.IsInitialized	Checks if Twain library has been initialized.	4.2
Twain.OpenDS	Opens a data source.	3.1
Twain.OpenDSM	Opens data source manager.	3.1
Twain.SelectDS	Queries dialog to ask the user to select a data source.	3.1
Twain.SelectDSIdentity	Sets current data source.	3.1
Twain.SetAutofeed	Whether to enable auto feed when next scan starts.	3.1
Twain.SetAutomaticBorderDetection	Whether to enable automatic border detection when next scan starts.	3.3
Twain.SetAutomaticBrightness	Enables or disables the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any).	3.5
Twain.SetAutomaticRotate	Whether to enable automatic rotation when next scan starts.	3.3
Twain.SetBrightness	Sets the brightness setting to use.	3.5
Twain.SetCancelScript	Sets the script to call when a dialog was shown and the user pressed Cancel button.	3.3
Twain.SetCloseAfterTransfer	Whether to close window and data source after a transfer.	3.1
Twain.SetCompressionQuality	Sets the compression quality for JPEG images.	3.1
Twain.SetContrast	Sets which contrast value to use.	3.5
Twain.SetDefaultDSIdentity	Sets default data source.	3.1
Twain.SetDiscardBlankPages	Whether to have the scanner ask to discard blank pages.	3.2
Twain.SetDuplexEnabled	Whether to enable duplex when next scan starts.	3.2
Twain.SetFeededEnabled	Whether to enable feeder when next scan starts.	3.1
Twain.SetFileType	Sets the file type to use for writing image files.	3.1
Twain.SetFolderPath	Sets the folder path for storing image files.	3.1
Twain.SetGamma	Sets the gamma correction value for the image data.	3.5
Twain.SetHighlight	Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the lightest highlight.	3.5
Twain.SetNotificationScript	Sets the script to call when a transfer is complete and you can query image.	3.1
Twain.SetOrientation	Sets current orientation.	3.1
Twain.SetPaper	Requests to use a certain paper.	5.1
Twain.SetPaperSize	Requests a page size in inches.	5.1
Twain.SetPixelType	Sets the pixel type requested on next Twain.Acquire command.	3.1
Twain.SetResolutionX	Sets the horizontal resolution for scanning.	3.1
Twain.SetResolutionY	Sets the vertical resolution for scanning.	3.1
Twain.SetShadow	Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow.	3.5
Twain.SupportsBW	Whether device supports black and white pixel type.	3.1
Twain.SupportsGray	Whether current device supports gray pixel type.	3.1
Twain.SupportsMemoryTransfer	Whether device supports memory transfers.	3.1
Twain.SupportsRGB	Whether current device supports RGB pixel type.	3.1
Twain.TransferImage	Transfers an image.	3.1
URLScheme.GetDefaultHandler	Queries the default scheme handler for the given scheme name.	3.0
URLScheme.InstallURLEventHandler	Installs an event handler for the URL event and calls the script you specify with the URL as parameter.	2.0
URLScheme.SetDefaultHandler	Sets the user's preferred handler for the specified URL scheme to point to the current application.	2.0
USB.Count	Queries all USB Devices and returns the number of found devices.	2.4
USB.FindDevice	Finds USB devices.	2.4
USB.FindSerialNumber	Searches the USB device list for a device with the given serial number.	2.4
USB.GetProductID	Queries the product ID of an USB device.	2.4
USB.GetProductName	Queries the product name of an USB device.	2.4
USB.GetSerialNumber	Queries the serial number of an USB device.	2.4
USB.GetVendorID	Queries the vendor ID of an USB device.	2.4
USB.GetVendorName	Queries the vendor name of an USB device.	2.4
UUID.Formatted	Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string.	2.3
UUID.Hex	Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string.	2.3
UUID.Raw	Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage.	2.3
UnZipFile.Close	Closes the current zip file.	3.4
UnZipFile.ExtractFiles	Extracts all files from current archive into a folder.	6.0
UnZipFile.GlobalComment	Reads the global comment of the zip archive.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemCRC	Queries the checksum for a file.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemComment	Queries the file comment of the given item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize	Queries compressed item size.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod	Queries the compression method used for this item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemCount	Queries number of items in the archive.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemDate	Queries file date of item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart	Queries the disk number start.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes	Queries the external file attributes for this item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemFlag	Queries the flags for this item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes	Queries the internal file attributes for this item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemName	Queries the file name of the given item.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment	Queries the size of the comment in bytes.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra	Queries the size of extra file data.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName	Queries the size of the file name.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize	Queries uncompressed item size.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemVersion	Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry.	3.4
UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded	Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry.	3.4
UnZipFile.OpenContainer	Opens a zip archive stored in a container.	3.4
UnZipFile.OpenFile	Opens a zip archive file.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer	Reads the file with given index as container value with data.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer	Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsHex	Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer	Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer	Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadAsText	Reads the file with given index as text.	3.4
UnZipFile.ReadToFile	Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file.	3.4
UnZipFile.UsePassword	Sets the password to use for uncompressing.	5.1
Unregister	Unregisters the plugin license.	1.6
Updater.CheckForUpdates	Explicitly checks for updates and displays a progress dialog while doing so.	6.5
Updater.CheckForUpdatesInBackground	Checks for updates, but does not display any UI unless an update is found.	6.5
Updater.GetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates	Queries whether automatic update check is enabled.	6.5
Updater.GetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates	Queries whether automatic update download is enabled.	6.5
Updater.GetFeedURL	Queries the URL of the update feed.	6.5
Updater.GetSendsSystemProfile	Queries whether to send system profile while updating.	6.5
Updater.LastUpdateCheckDate	Queries the last update check timestamp.	6.5
Updater.SetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates	Turns automatically checking for updates on or off.	6.5
Updater.SetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates	Sets whether automatic update download is enabled.	6.5
Updater.SetSendsSystemProfile	Sets whether to send system profile while updating.	6.5
Updater.UpdateInProgress	Queries whether an update is in progress.	6.5
UserNotification.ClearDidActivateNotificationScript	Clears the name for the activate notification handler.	2.8
UserNotification.ClearDidDeliverNotificationScript	Clears the name for the deliver notification handler.	2.8
UserNotification.ContentImage	Queries image shown in the content of the notification.	3.5
UserNotification.Create	Creates a new user notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetActionButtonTitle	Queries current action button title.	2.8
UserNotification.GetActivationType	Queries how the notification was activated.	2.8
UserNotification.GetActualDeliveryDate	Queries actual delivery date.	2.8
UserNotification.GetDeliveryDate	Queries the planned delivery date.	2.8
UserNotification.GetDeliveryTimeZone	Queries the time zone for this notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetDescription	Queries description for debugging.	2.8
UserNotification.GetIdentifier	Queries the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification.	3.5
UserNotification.GetInformativeText	Queries the body text of the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetOtherButtonTitle	Queries the other button's custom title.	2.8
UserNotification.GetResponse	Queries the response text.	3.5
UserNotification.GetResponsePlaceholder	Queries the optional placeholder for inline reply field.	3.5
UserNotification.GetSoundName	Queries sound name for notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetSubTitle	Queries the current sub title of the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetTitle	Queries current title of notification.	2.8
UserNotification.GetUserInfo	Queries application specific user info data.	2.8
UserNotification.HasReplyButton	Queries whether the notification has a reply button.	3.5
UserNotification.Release	Releases a notification reference.	2.8
UserNotification.SetActionButtonTitle	Sets the title of the button displayed in the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.SetContentImage	Sets image shown in the content of the notification.	3.5
UserNotification.SetDeliveryDate	Sets the delivery date.	2.8
UserNotification.SetDeliveryTimeZone	Set the time zone to interpret the delivery date in.	2.8
UserNotification.SetDidActivateNotificationScript	Sets the activation notification action handler.	2.8
UserNotification.SetDidDeliverNotificationScript	Sets the delivery notification action handler.	2.8
UserNotification.SetHasActionButton	Sets whether notification has an action button.	2.8
UserNotification.SetHasReplyButton	Sets whether the notification has a reply button.	3.5
UserNotification.SetIdentifier	Sets the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification.	3.5
UserNotification.SetInformativeText	Sets the body of the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.SetOtherButtonTitle	Set the localized string to customize the title of the 'Close' button in an alert-style notification.	2.8
UserNotification.SetResponsePlaceholder	Sets the optional placeholder for inline reply field.	3.5
UserNotification.SetSoundName	Sets sound name.	2.8
UserNotification.SetSubTitle	Sets the subtitle displayed in the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.SetTitle	Sets the title of the notification.	2.8
UserNotification.SetUserInfo	Stores Application-specific user info that may be retrieved later.	2.8
UserNotification.deliverNotification	Deliver a notification immediately, including animation or sound alerts.	2.8
UserNotification.deliveredNotifications	Queries list of all delivered notifications.	2.8
UserNotification.hasActionButton	Queries whether notification has an action button.	2.8
UserNotification.isPresented	Whether the notification has been presented.	2.8
UserNotification.isRemote	Queries whether this is a remote notification.	2.8
UserNotification.removeAllDeliveredNotifications	Clear all delivered notifications for this application from the notification center.	2.8
UserNotification.removeDeliveredNotification	Clear a delivered notification from the notification center.	2.8
UserNotification.removeScheduledNotification	Cancels a notification.	2.8
UserNotification.scheduleNotification	Add a notification to the center for scheduling.	2.8
UserNotification.scheduledNotifications	Queries list of all delivered notifications.	2.8
Validate.CheckReceipt	Validates the receipt.	2.2
Validate.Exit	Quits the application with the given error code.	2.2
Validate.FindReceipt	Finds the receipt by looking up the location of the application.	2.2
Version	Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking.	1.0
VersionAutoUpdate	Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028	2.4
WebDownloadDelegate.Cancel	Cancels download.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.ClearBeginDownloadHandler	Clears the script called for beginning downloads.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.ClearDidDownloadHandler	Clears the script called for finished downloads.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFailHandler	Clears the script called for failed downloads.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFolder	Clears the download folder.	2.8
WebDownloadDelegate.ClearProgressHandler	Clears the script called for download progress.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.DownloadedLength	Number of bytes downloaded so far.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.ErrorMessage	The last error message from download.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.GetFolder	Queries current defined download folder.	2.8
WebDownloadDelegate.Install	Assigns this webviewer our download delegate.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.MIMEType	Returns the MIME type.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.Path	The file path of the downloaded file.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.SetBeginDownloadHandler	Sets the script called when a download is about to begin.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.SetDidDownloadHandler	Sets the script called when a download finished.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.SetFailHandler	Sets the script called when a download failed.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.SetFolder	Sets the download folder.	2.8
WebDownloadDelegate.SetProgressHandler	Sets the script called when a download made progress.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.URL	Queries current URL.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.expectedContentLength	Returns the expected content length.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.suggestedFilename	Returns a suggested filename.	2.7
WebDownloadDelegate.textEncodingName	Returns the name of the receiver's text encoding provided by the response's originating source.	2.7
WebPolicyDelegate.AddMimeType	Adds a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions.	2.7
WebPolicyDelegate.Install	Assigns this webviewer our policy delegate as a filter to the FileMaker built in delegate.	2.7
WebPolicyDelegate.RemoveMimeType	Removes a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions.	2.7
WebView.ClickInput	Clicks the specified Input Element.	1.4
WebView.CopyFormattedText	Copies formatted text from webview to clipboard.	3.1
WebView.DisableJavascriptAlerts	Disables alert() command in Javascript.	2.5
WebView.EstimatedProgress	Returns the estimated progress of the webviewer.	1.4
WebView.FindByName	Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer.	1.3
WebView.FindWindowByIndex	Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter.	1.3
WebView.FindWindowByTitle	Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter.	1.3
WebView.FormReset	Resets the Specified Form.	1.4
WebView.FormSubmit	Submits the specified Form	1.4
WebView.GetCustomUserAgent	Queries the current custom user agent string.	2.9
WebView.GetEditable	Queries the editable state.	3.0
WebView.GetForm	Returns the name of the form with the given index.	1.6
WebView.GetFormButtonValue	Gets the value of the specified Button.	1.4
WebView.GetFormCount	Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the webviewer.	1.6
WebView.GetFormInputChecked	Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton.	1.4
WebView.GetFormInputValue	Returns the value of the specified Input Form.	1.4
WebView.GetFormSelectOptions	Queries the possible values of a select element.	3.1
WebView.GetFormSelectValue	Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu.	1.4
WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue	Returns the value of the specified text area.	1.4
WebView.GetFormValue	Returns the value from the Specified Field.	1.3
WebView.GetFormattedText	Queries the current text of the document.	5.0
WebView.GetHTMLText	Queries the current HTML of the document.	2.8
WebView.GetImage	Returns a property of the image with the given index.	2.2
WebView.GetImageCount	Returns the number of images on the current webpage.	2.2
WebView.GetLink	Returns a property of the link with the given index.	1.8
WebView.GetLinkCount	Returns the number of links on the current webpage.	1.8
WebView.GetPlainText	Queries the current text of the document.	3.1
WebView.GetPreferences	Queries WebView preferences parameters.	2.2
WebView.GetPrintParameter	Queries print parameters	2.1
WebView.GetSource	Queries the html source from the webviewer.	1.5
WebView.GetSourceData	Queries the source data from the webviewer.	2.1
WebView.GetTitle	Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer	1.4
WebView.GetURL	Queries the current document URL in the webviewer.	2.2
WebView.GoBack	Moves backward a page in the history.	2.4
WebView.GoForward	Moves forward a page in the history.	2.4
WebView.InstallCallback	This function needs to be called one time to enable JavaScript to reach out out from the web viewer to run a FileMaker Script.	1.3
WebView.InstallMultiFileOpenDialog	Installs support to the WebViewer for multiple file selections.	5.1
WebView.IsLoading	This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading.	1.4
WebView.LoadHTML	Loads HTML string to webviewer.	3.0
WebView.LoadJavascriptURL	Loads the given javscript URL into the webviewer.	2.1
WebView.LoadURL	Loads the given URL into the webviewer.	2.1
WebView.Passwords.Clear	Clears the list of passwords.	6.3
WebView.Passwords.Install	Installs the plugin functions which watch for password requests on a webviewer.	6.3
WebView.Passwords.Set	Stores a password for later.	6.3
WebView.Print	Prints the current webview content.	1.8
WebView.PrintToFile	Prints the current webview content to PDF file.	4.0
WebView.Release	Releases a web viewer iD.	1.4
WebView.Reload	Reloads the WebViewer.	1.4
WebView.RenderImage	Renders the webview to a picture.	2.1
WebView.RenderPDF	Renders the webview to a PDF.	3.0
WebView.RunJavaScript	Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control.	1.3
WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle	Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker.	1.4
WebView.Screenshot	Takes a screenshot of the area used by the webviewer.	3.0
WebView.SearchText	Searches text in a webviewer.	2.3
WebView.SetCustomUserAgent	Sets the custom user agent text.	2.9
WebView.SetEditable	Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document.	3.0
WebView.SetFormButtonValue	Sets the value of a Button on the specified form	1.4
WebView.SetFormInputChecked	Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton.	1.4
WebView.SetFormInputValue	Sets the value of the specified input element	1.4
WebView.SetFormSelectValue	Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu.	1.4
WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue	Sets the value of a Text Area Element.	1.4
WebView.SetFormValue	Set the value of the specified Field in a webviewer.	1.3
WebView.SetPreferences	Sets WebView preferences parameters.	2.2
WebView.SetPrintParameter	Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method.	2.1
WebView.SetTitle	Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer.	1.4
Webview.AllowsAnyHTTPSCertificateForHost	Allows a certain host to allow use of any HTTP certificates.	6.2
Webview.Cookies.ClearForURL	Deletes all cookies for a given website.	5.0
Webview.Cookies.Count	Queries number of cookies.	5.0
Webview.Cookies.Query	Queries a property of a cookie.	5.0
Webview.GetHidden	Queries a web viewer’s hidden state.	7.1
Webview.GetIcon	Queries the favorite icon of current webpage.	5.0
Webview.MakeTextLarger	Increases the text size.	4.1
Webview.MakeTextSmaller	Decreases the text size.	4.1
Webview.MakeTextStandardSize	Sets text to standard size.	4.1
Webview.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum	Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar.	5.0
Webview.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition	Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar.	5.0
Webview.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum	Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar.	5.0
Webview.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition	Queries current value for vertical scrollbar.	5.0
Webview.Scrollbar.set	Scrolls to the given coordinates.	5.0
Webview.SelectedText	Queries text of current selection.	5.0
Webview.SetHidden	Sets a web viewer to be invisible.	7.1
Webview.canResetPageZoom	Whether web page can be reset.	4.1
Webview.canZoomPageIn	Whether web page can be zoomed in.	4.1
Webview.canZoomPageOut	Whether web page can be zoomed out.	4.1
Webview.getMediaVolume	Queries the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview.	4.1
Webview.getPageSizeMultiplier	Queries the page size multiplier.	4.1
Webview.resetPageZoom	Resets the web page zoom.	4.1
Webview.setMediaVolume	Sets the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview.	4.1
Webview.setPageSizeMultiplier	Sets the page size multiplier.	4.1
Webview.zoomPageIn	Zooms web page in.	4.1
Webview.zoomPageOut	Zooms web page out.	4.1
Window.Activate	Activates the window.	2.8
Window.AddBottomOverlay	Adds a control on bottom of the window to hide FileMakers controls behind it.	5.3
Window.AsPDF	Renders the window as PDF so you can save it in a container value. Includes a JPEG preview.	2.3
Window.ClearFocus	Clears focus of Window.	6.1
Window.Current	Queries the reference number of current window.	5.2
Window.DisableScrollbars	Disables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window.	2.9
Window.EnableScrollbars	Enables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window.	2.9
Window.Fade	Fades window in or out.	5.4
Window.FindByIndex	Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter.	1.0
Window.FindByTitle	This function can be used to find the Reference to the window.	1.1
Window.GetAlpha	Queries the current alpha value of the window.	2.7
Window.GetClassName	Queries the internal class name for the window.	2.8
Window.GetCurrentTag	Queries window tag for current window.	6.3
Window.GetHeight	Queries height of a window.	2.8
Window.GetLeft	Queries left of a window.	2.8
Window.GetMaxHeight	Queries maximum allowed height for a window.	6.5
Window.GetMaxWidth	Queries maximum allowed width for a window.	6.5
Window.GetMinHeight	Queries minimum allowed height for a window.	6.5
Window.GetMinWidth	Queries minimum allowed width for a window.	6.5
Window.GetTag	Queries tag for window.	6.3
Window.GetTitle	Get's the title of the window designated by the WindowRef.	1.2
Window.GetTitleVisible	Queries whether title bar of window is visible.	6.0
Window.GetTitlebarAppearsTransparent	Query titlebar transparency.	6.0
Window.GetToolbarConfiguration	Returns the toolbar configuration.	4.3
Window.GetToolbarCustomizationPaletteIsRunning	Returns whether the toolbar customization palette is running (in use).	4.3
Window.GetToolbarVisible	Returns whether the toolbar is visible.	4.3
Window.GetTop	Queries top of a window.	2.8
Window.GetTopMost	Queries whether window is topmost.	4.2
Window.GetWidth	Queries width of a window.	2.8
Window.HasCloseButton	You can control wether a Window has a close button or not.	1.1
Window.HasMiniaturizeButton	This function returns the current state of the window's Miniaturize button.	1.1
Window.HasShadow	This function returns the current state of the Window's Shadow.	1.1
Window.HasZoomButton	You can control wether a Window has a Zoom button or not.	1.1
Window.Hide	Hides the window Specified by the Window Reference	1.0
Window.HideContent	Hides the window content view.	2.2
Window.HideOverlay	Hides the overlay view on a given window.	2.3
Window.HideScrollbars	Hides the scrollbars in a FileMaker window.	2.4
Window.IgnoresMouseEvents	Queries whether mouse events are ignored.	1.1
Window.IsFullScreen	Queries whether window is fullscreen.	3.0
Window.IsFullScreenAuxiliary	Whether this window is a fullscreen auxiliary window.	3.0
Window.IsFullScreenPrimary	Whether this window is a fullscreen primary window.	3.0
Window.IsModified	Queries whether document has been modified.	1.1
Window.IsVisible	Queries whether a window is visible.	1.0
Window.List	Queries the list of FileMaker windows.	3.3
Window.ListCommands	Queries list of commands for window.	6.5
Window.Maximize	Maximizes window.	6.0
Window.Minimize	Minimizes window.	6.0
Window.ModalDialogFront	Checks if there is a front dialog window.	5.4
Window.Move	Moves the window animated.	2.2
Window.Resizable	Queries whether window is resizable.	2.4
Window.Resize	Resizes the window animated.	2.2
Window.ResizeContentView	Resizes content view of window.	6.0
Window.RunCommand	Performs a function on a window.	6.5
Window.RunToolbarCustomizationPalette	Runs the toolbar customization palette.	4.3
Window.Screenshot	Creates screenshot from a window.	5.4
Window.Scrollbar.GetScrollElasticity	Queries the elasticity mode of the scrollbar in a FileMaker window.	6.5
Window.Scrollbar.SetScrollElasticity	Sets the scroll elasticity for a window.	6.5
Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum	Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar.	6.2
Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition	Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar.	6.2
Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum	Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar.	6.2
Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition	Queries current value for vertical scrollbar.	6.2
Window.Scrollbar.set	Scrolls to the given coordinates.	6.2
Window.ScrollbarsVisible	Whether scrollbars are visible or not in this window.	2.7
Window.SetAlpha	Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window.	1.0
Window.SetBounds	Sets the bounds of the window.	1.0
Window.SetCloseButton	Switches the close button on the window on or off.	1.1
Window.SetCurrentTag	Set window tag for current window.	6.3
Window.SetFullScreenAuxiliary	Sets this window to be an auxiliary window.	3.0
Window.SetFullScreenPrimary	Sets this window to be a primary window.	3.0
Window.SetIgnoresMouseEvents	Disables mouse input for this window.	1.1
Window.SetMaxHeight	Sets maximum allowed height for the window.	6.5
Window.SetMaxWidth	Sets maximum allowed width for the window.	6.5
Window.SetMinHeight	Sets minimum required height for the window.	6.5
Window.SetMinWidth	Sets minimum required width for the window.	6.5
Window.SetMiniaturizeButton	This function enables or disables the the Miniaturize Button on a window.	1.1
Window.SetModified	Sets the modified state of the window.	1.1
Window.SetResizable	Sets whether window is resizable.	2.4
Window.SetShadow	Turns shadow on or off.	1.1
Window.SetShowsToolbarButton	Sets whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not.	2.4
Window.SetTag	Sets tag for window.	6.3
Window.SetTitle	Set the title of the window designated by the WindowRef.	1.2
Window.SetTitleVisible	Sets whether title bar of window is visible.	6.0
Window.SetTitlebarAppearsTransparent	Sets titlebar transparency.	6.0
Window.SetToolbarConfiguration	Sets the toolbar configuration.	4.3
Window.SetToolbarVisible	Sets whether the toolbar is visible or hidden.	4.3
Window.SetTopMost	Sets window to be topmost.	4.2
Window.SetZoomButton	This function enables or disables the the Zoom Button on a window.	1.1
Window.Show	Shows the window Specified by the Window Reference.	1.0
Window.ShowCharacterPalette	Shows the standard MacOS character palette.	7.2
Window.ShowContent	Shows the window content view.	2.2
Window.ShowOverlay	Adds an overlay to the window to dark content.	2.3
Window.ShowScrollbars	Shows the scrollbars in a FileMaker window.	2.4
Window.ShowTableViewDialog	Shows the dialog to modify the fields for table view.	6.5
Window.ShowsToolbarButton	Queries whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not.	2.4
Window.ToggleFullScreen	Toggles fullscreen mode for this window.	3.0
Window.Update	Asks the window to redraw.	2.8
WindowTransition.Perform	Performs the transitions.	1.5
WindowTransition.Prepare	Prepare the a transition to apply to the whole screen.	1.5
WindowTransition.PrepareWindow	Prepare the a transition to apply to the front FileMaker window.	1.5
WordFile.AppendTableRow	Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder.	7.1
WordFile.DuplicateTableRow	Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder.	7.1
WordFile.GetMediaFile	Queries media file in word file.	6.3
WordFile.GetXML	Queries xml content of the word file.	6.2
WordFile.HasTag	Checks if a tag exists.	5.4
WordFile.MediaFiles	Queries list of media files in the word file.	6.3
WordFile.OpenContainer	Opens a word file from container.	5.4
WordFile.OpenFile	Opens a word file from file.	5.4
WordFile.OpenText	Opens a word xml file from text.	5.4
WordFile.Parts	Queries names of the parts of the document.	6.2
WordFile.Release	Frees the memory used for the word file.	5.4
WordFile.RemoveTableRow	Removes a table row containing a placeholder.	7.0
WordFile.ReplaceTag	Replaces a placeholder with text.	5.4
WordFile.SetMarkers	Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag.	6.3
WordFile.SetMediaFile	Sets a media file image.	6.3
WordFile.SetXML	Sets the xml for this word file.	6.2
WordFile.Texts	Extracts text of word file.	5.4
WordFile.WriteFile	Writes a file to disk.	5.4
X509.Description	Provides a description of the certificate.	7.0
X509.Duplicate	Creates a copy of the certificate.	7.0
X509.IssuerName	The issuer name.	7.0
X509.Name	The name of the certificate.	7.0
X509.Read	Reads a PEM certificate from text.	7.0
X509.ReadFromContainer	Reads a certificate from a container value.	7.0
X509.ReadFromFile	Reads a certificate from a PEM file.	7.0
X509.Release	Releases the certificate from memory.	7.0
X509.SerialNumber	Queries the serial number.	7.0
X509.SubjectName	The subject name.	7.0
X509.Version	Queries the version of the file.	7.0
XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat	Adds a new custom number format to the workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.AddFont	Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font.	3.5
XL.Book.AddFormat	Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format.	3.5
XL.Book.AddPictureContainer	Adds a picture to the workbook from container.	3.5
XL.Book.AddPictureFile	Adds a picture to the workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.AddSheet	Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index.	3.5
XL.Book.BiffVersion	Returns BIFF version of binary file.	3.5
XL.Book.CustomNumFormat	Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier fmt.	3.5
XL.Book.DeleteSheet	Deletes a sheet with specified index.	3.5
XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept	Deletes all sheets except the one with given name.	5.4
XL.Book.FontCount	Returns a number of fonts in this book.	3.5
XL.Book.FormatCount	Returns a number of formats in this book.	3.5
XL.Book.GetActiveSheet	Returns an active sheet index in this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName	Returns a default font name for this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize	Returns a default font size for this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.GetPicture	Returns a picture at position index.	3.5
XL.Book.GetPictureType	Returns a picture type at position index.	3.5
XL.Book.GetRGBMode	Returns whether the RGB mode is active.	3.5
XL.Book.GetRefR1C1	Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active.	3.5
XL.Book.GetText	Queries the text of a workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.InsertSheet	Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index.	3.5
XL.Book.IsDate1904	Returns whether the 1904 date system is active.	7.2
XL.Book.IsTemplate	Returns whether the workbook is template.	7.2
XL.Book.MoveSheet	Moves a sheet.	7.2
XL.Book.PictureCount	Returns a number of pictures in this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.Release	Frees a workbook from memory.	3.5
XL.Book.Save	Writes excel file to container for storing in database.	3.5
XL.Book.SaveToFile	Saves current workbook into xls-file.	3.5
XL.Book.SetActiveSheet	Sets an active sheet index in this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.SetDate1904	Sets the date system mode.	7.2
XL.Book.SetDefaultFont	Sets a default font name and size for this workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.SetRGBMode	Sets a RGB mode.	3.5
XL.Book.SetRefR1C1	Sets the R1C1 reference mode.	3.5
XL.Book.SetTemplate	Sets the template flag.	7.2
XL.Book.SheetCount	Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook.	3.5
XL.Book.SheetIndexForName	Queries sheet index for sheet name.	5.4
XL.Book.Sheets	Queries list of sheet names.	5.4
XL.Book.Version	Queries version of book.	7.2
XL.Color.Pack	Packs red, green and blue components in color type.	3.5
XL.Color.UnPack	Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components.	3.5
XL.CopyContent	Copies all content from one book to other book.	5.1
XL.CopyRow	Copies a row from one row to another row.	6.5
XL.CopySheet	Copies a sheet to another book.	6.5
XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp	Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value.	5.0
XL.Date.Pack	Packs date and time information into double type.	3.5
XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble	Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell.	5.0
XL.Date.UnPack	Unpacks date and time information from double type.	3.5
XL.Font.GetBold	Returns whether the font is bold.	3.5
XL.Font.GetColor	Returns the color of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.GetItalic	Returns whether the font is italic.	3.5
XL.Font.GetName	Returns the name of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.GetScript	Returns the script style of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.GetSize	Returns the size of the font in points.	3.5
XL.Font.GetStrikeOut	Returns whether the font is strikeout.	3.5
XL.Font.GetUnderline	Returns the underline style of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetBold	Turns on/off the bold font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetColor	Sets the color of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetItalic	Turns on/off the italic font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetName	Sets the name of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetScript	Sets the script style of the font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetSize	Sets the size of the font in points.	3.5
XL.Font.SetStrikeOut	Turns on/off the strikeout font.	3.5
XL.Font.SetUnderline	Sets the underline style of the font.	3.5
XL.Format.GetAlignH	Returns the horizontal alignment.	3.5
XL.Format.GetAlignV	Returns the vertical alignment.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderBottom	Returns the bottom border style.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor	Returns the color of the bottom border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal	Returns the diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor	Returns the color of the diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle	Gets the style for diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderLeft	Returns the left border style.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor	Returns the color of the left border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderRight	Returns the right border style.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor	Returns the color of the right border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderTop	Returns the top border style.	3.5
XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor	Returns the color of the top border.	3.5
XL.Format.GetFillPattern	Returns the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.GetFont	Returns the font for this format.	3.5
XL.Format.GetHidden	Returns whether the hidden property is set to true.	3.5
XL.Format.GetIndent	Returns the text indentation level.	3.5
XL.Format.GetLocked	Returns whether the locked property is set to true.	3.5
XL.Format.GetNumFormat	Returns the number format identifier.	3.5
XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor	Returns the background color of the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor	Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.GetRotation	Returns the text rotation.	3.5
XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit	Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit.	3.5
XL.Format.GetWrap	Returns whether the cell text is wrapped.	3.5
XL.Format.SetAlignH	Sets the horizontal alignment.	3.5
XL.Format.SetAlignV	Sets the vertical alignment.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorder	Sets the border style.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderBottom	Sets the bottom border style.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor	Sets the color of the bottom border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderColor	Sets the border color.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal	Sets the diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor	Sets the color of the diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle	Sets the style for diagonal border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderLeft	Sets the left border style.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor	Sets the color of the left border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderRight	Sets the right border style.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor	Sets the color of the right border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderTop	Sets the top border style.	3.5
XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor	Sets the color of the top border.	3.5
XL.Format.SetFillPattern	Sets the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.SetFont	Sets the font for the format.	3.5
XL.Format.SetHidden	Sets the hidden property.	3.5
XL.Format.SetIndent	Sets the text indentation level.	3.5
XL.Format.SetLocked	Sets the locked property.	3.5
XL.Format.SetNumFormat	Sets the number format identifier.	3.5
XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor	Sets the background color of the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor	Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern.	3.5
XL.Format.SetRotation	Sets the text rotation.	3.5
XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit	Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit.	3.5
XL.Format.SetWrap	Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped.	3.5
XL.Initialize	Initializes the XL library by loading it.	2.9
XL.IsInitialized	Checks if libXL library has been initialized.	4.2
XL.LoadBook	Loads a Excel file.	2.9
XL.NewBook	Creates a new workbook in memory.	2.9
XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink	Adds the new hyperlink.	4.3
XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError	Adds the ignored error for specified range.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol	Converts a cell reference to row and column.	3.5
XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter	Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter	Initializes the AutoFilter.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize	Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef	Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort	Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange	Gets the whole range of data to sort.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef	Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header.	7.2
XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort	Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order.	7.2
XL.Sheet.CellIsDate	Checks that cell contains a date or time value.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula	Checks that cell contains a formula.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank	Checks if cell is blank.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean	Reads a boolean value from a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadComment	Reads a comment value from a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadDate	Reads a number value from a cell.	5.0
XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula	Reads the formula value from a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber	Reads a number value from a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellReadText	Reads a text value from a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellType	Queries type of cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank	Writes a blank cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean	Writes a boolean value into cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment	Writes a comment to a cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate	Writes a number into cell.	5.0
XL.Sheet.CellWriteError	Writes error into the cell with specified format.	7.2
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula	Writes a formula into cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean	Writes a formula and value in a cell.	6.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber	Writes a formula and value in a cell.	6.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText	Writes a formula and value in a cell.	6.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber	Writes a number into cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CellWriteText	Writes a string into cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.Clear	Clears cells in specified area.	3.5
XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea	Clears the print area.	3.5
XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats	Clears repeated rows and columns on each page.	3.5
XL.Sheet.CopyCell	Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst).	3.5
XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink	Removes hyperlink by index.	4.3
XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex	Removes merged cells by index.	4.3
XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge	Removes merged cells.	3.5
XL.Sheet.DeleteNameRange	Deletes the named range by name.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetCellError	Reads error from cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat	Returns cell's format.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetColHidden	Returns whether column is hidden.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetColWidth	Returns column width.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines	Returns whether the gridlines are displayed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol	Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow	Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetFooter	Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin	Returns the footer margin in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow	Returns whether grouping rows summary is below.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight	Returns whether grouping columns summary is right.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHCenter	Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHeader	Returns the header text of the sheet when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin	Returns the header margin in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHidden	Returns whether sheet is hidden.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak	Returns row with horizontal page break at position index.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount	Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetLandscape	Returns a page orientation mode.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetLastCol	Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetLastRow	Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom	Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft	Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight	Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop	Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetMerge	Gets merged cells for cell at row, col.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetName	Returns the name of the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange	Gets the named range coordianates by name.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPaper	Returns the paper size.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPicture	Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea	Gets the print area.	5.1
XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit	Returns whether fit to page option is enabled.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines	Returns whether the gridlines are printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols	Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast.	5.1
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows	Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast.	5.1
XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow	Returns whether the row and column headers are printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom	Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetProtect	Returns whether sheet is protected.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight	Returns row height.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden	Returns whether row is hidden.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetText	Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView	Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetVCenter	Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak	Returns column with vertical page break at position index.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount	Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GetZoom	Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GroupCols	Groups columns from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.GroupRows	Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.Hyperlink	Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index.	4.3
XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize	Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet.	4.3
XL.Sheet.InsertCol	Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.InsertRow	Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.Merge	Gets the merged cells by index.	4.3
XL.Sheet.MergeSize	Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet.	4.3
XL.Sheet.NamedRange	Gets the named range coordinates by index.	3.5
XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount	Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.PictureCount	Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.RemoveCol	Removes columns from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.RemoveComment	Removes a comment from a cell.	6.5
XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter	Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet.	7.2
XL.Sheet.RemoveRow	Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.RightToLeft	Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode.	7.2
XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr	Converts row and column to a cell reference.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea	Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature.	5.1
XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat	Sets cell's format.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetCol	Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetColHidden	Hides or shows a column.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetColumn	Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines	Sets gridlines for displaying.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetFooter	Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow	Sets a flag of grouping rows summary.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight	Sets a flag of grouping rows summary.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetHCenter	Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetHeader	Sets the header text of the sheet when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak	Sets/removes a horizontal page break.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetLandscape	Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom	Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft	Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight	Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop	Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetMerge	Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetName	Sets the name of the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange	Sets the named range.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPaper	Sets the paper size.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale	Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize	Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea	Sets the print area.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit	Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridliens	Sets gridlines for printing.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols	Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows	Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow	Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom	Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetProtect	Protects/unprotects the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx	Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below.	7.2
XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft	Sets the right-to-left mode: Pass 1 and the text is displayed in right-to-left mode, Pass 0 and the text is displayed in left-to-right mode.	7.2
XL.Sheet.SetRow	Sets row height and format.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden	Hides or shows a row.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetTabColor	Sets the color for the sheet's tab.	7.2
XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB	Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab.	7.2
XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView	Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetVCenter	ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak	Sets/removes a vertical page break.	3.5
XL.Sheet.SetZoom	Sets the zoom level of the current view.	3.5
XL.Sheet.Split	Splits a sheet at position (row, col).	3.5
XL.Sheet.SplitInfo	Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet.	4.3
XL.Sheet.Table	Gets the table parameters by index.	7.2
XL.Sheet.TableSize	Returns the number of tables in the sheet.	7.2
XL.Sheet.Type	Returns type of sheet with specified index.	7.2
XML.Canonical	Creates canonical xml.	6.2
XML.ClearVariables	Clears the variables.	7.0
XML.ExtractText	Extracts the text from the XML tree.	7.0
XML.Format	Formats XML document.	6.2
XML.GetAttribute	Queries text of an attribute.	7.0
XML.HasAttribute	Queries whether an attribute exists.	7.0
XML.Import	Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records.	5.3
XML.Import.Cancel	Cancels current import.	5.3
XML.Import.SetBaseFields	Sets the names of the base fields per record.	7.1
XML.Import.SetExtraField	Sets the extra field to add to all tables.	7.1
XML.Import.Status	Queries status of xml import.	5.3
XML.Import.Todo	Queries how many items are to be done for XML import.	5.3
XML.Import.Total	Queries total items to be imported.	5.3
XML.Import.Work	Performs import.	5.4
XML.ListAttributes	Lists attribute names.	7.0
XML.NodeCount	Counts nodes with given name.	7.0
XML.NodeNames	Queries list of node names in an XML.	7.0
XML.Query	Performs an XPath query.	3.0
XML.SetVariables	Creates local variables in script for XML nodes.	7.0
XML.SubTree	Extracts a given subtree.	7.0
ZipFile.CRCFile	Calculates CRC of a file.	4.3
ZipFile.Close	Closes the zip archive.	3.4
ZipFile.CompressFiles	Compresses a few files into a zip archive.	6.0
ZipFile.CreateFile	Creates a new file in the zip archive.	3.4
ZipFile.Open	Creates a new zip archive.	3.4
ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel	Sets the compression level.	3.4
ZipFile.UsePassword	Sets the password to use for compressing.	5.1
ZipFile.WriteContainer	Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container.	3.4
ZipFile.WriteFile	Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive.	3.4
ZipFile.WriteHex	Writes data into the zip archive.	3.4
ZipFile.WriteText	Writes a text into the zip archive.	3.4

4408 functions.

Feedback: Report problem or ask question.

---

Links
MBS Xojo Chart Plugins